Computer Operator MCQs

CONTENTS
S. No Description Page#
PART (i) Fundamentals of Computer System
01. Fundamentals of Computer System CHAPTER 01 02
13, Fundamentals of Computer System CHAPTER 13 90
PART (ii) Operating System 129
18. Operating System Chapter 01 130

CONTENTS
S. No Description Page#
PART (iii) MS OFFICE 196
27. MS OFFICE CHAPTER 01 197
PART (iv) EXCEL 217
30. EXCEL CHAPTER 01 218
2
CHAPTER # 01
1.A light sensitive device that converts 7.An error is also known as:
drawing, printed text or other images A. Bug B. Debug
into digital form is C. Cursor D. Icon
A. Keyboard B. Plotter Answer: Option A
C. Scanner D. OMR
Answer: Option C 8.Microsoft Word is an example of
A. an operating system
2.Which protocol provides e-mail B. Processing device
facility among different hosts? C. Application software
A. FTP B. SMTP D. an input device Answer: Option C
C. TELNET D. SNMP
Answer: Option B SMTP (Simple Mail 9.The memory sizes in mainframe
Transfer Protocol) computers and advanced technology micro
computer are expressed as……
3.The basic architecture of computer A. Bytes B. Kilobytes
was developed by C. Bits D. Megabytes Answer: Option D
A. John Von Neumann
B. Charles Babbage 10.Fifth generation computers are based
C Blaise Pascal on…….
D. Garden Moore A. Artificial Intelligence
Answer: Option A B. Programming Intelligence
C. System Knowledge
4.In order to tell Excel that we are D. VVLSI
entering a formula in cell, we must Answer: Option A
begin with an operator such as…….
A.$ B. @ 11. Microprocessor was introduced in
C. + D. = which generation of computer?
Answer: Option D A. Second Generation
B. Fourth Generation
5.In how many generations a computer C. Both (A) and (B)
can be classified? D. Third Generation
A. 3 B. 4 Answer: Option B
C. 5 D. 6
Answer: Option C 12.Second generation computers are made
of
6.Which of the following circuit is used A. Vaccum Tubes
as a 'Memory device' in computers? B. Transistors
A. Rectifier B. Flip Flop C. LSI
C. Comparator D. Attenuator D. VLSI
Answer: Option B Answer: Option B
3
13.Which of the following memory is

non-volatile? 19.Which one of the following is not an
A. SRAM application software package?
B. DRAM A. Red Hat Linux
C. ROM B. Microsoft Office
D. All of the above C. Adobe Pagemaker
Answer: Option C D. Open Office
E. None of these
14.GUI stands for Answer: Option A
A. Graph Use Interface
B. Graphical Universal Interface 20.An error is also known as:
C. Graphical User Interface A. Bug
D. Graphical Unique Interface B. Debug
Answer: Option C C. Cursor
D. Icon
15.Any data or instruction entered E. None of these
into the memory of a computer is Answer: Option A
considered as
A. Storage 21.Microsoft Word is an example of
B. Output A. an operating system
C. Input B. Processing device
D. Information C. Application software
Answer: Option C D. an input device
E. System Software
16.Time during which a job is Answer: Option C
processed by the computer is:
A. Execution Time B. Delay Time 22.The 0 and 1 in the binary numbering
C. Real Time D. Waiting Time system are called Binary Digits or
Answer: Option A A. Bytes
B. Kilobytes
17.Which one of the following is not an C. Decimal bytes
application software package? D. Bits
A. Red Hat Linux B. Microsoft Office E. None of these
C. Adobe Page maker D. Open Office Answer: Option D
Answer: Option A
23.The size of commonly used floppy disk is
18.Who invented the supercomputer? A. 4.5"
A. Charles Babbage B. 3.5"
B. JH Van Tassell C. 3.25"
C. Charles Ginsberg D. 5.5"
D. Seymour Cray Answer: Option B
E. None of these
Answer: Option D
4
24.The 'IC' chip, used in computers, is

made of 29.Which of the following is not an
A. Chomium advantage of magnetic disk storage?
B. Iron Oxide A. The access time of magnetic disk is much
C. Silica less than that of magnetic tape
D. Silicon B. Disk storage is less expensive than tape
E. None of these storage
Answer: Option D C. Disk storage is longer lasting than magnetic
tape
25.Which of the following statement is D. None of the above
wrong? Answer: Option D
A. Photoshop is a graphical design tool by
Adobe 30.Where is the headquarters of Intel
B. Linux is free and open source software located?
C. Linux is owned and sold by Microsoft A. Redmond, Washington
D. Windows XP is an operating system B. Tucson, Arizona
E. None of the above C. Santa Clara, California
Answer: Option C D. Richmond, Virginia
Answer: Option C
26.Which of the following statement is
wrong? 31.Which of the following was the first Intel
A. Photoshop is a graphical design tool by processor introduced?
Adobe A. 3080
B. Linux is free and open source software B. 4004
C. Linux is owned and sold by Microsoft C. 8080
D. Windows XP is an operating system D. 8086
E. None of the above E. None of these
Answer: Option C Answer: Option B
27.Who invented the supercomputer? 32.Which of the following operating

A. Charles Babbage systems is produced by IBM?
B. JH Van Tassell A. OS-2
C. Charles Ginsberg B. Windows
D. Seymour Cray C. DOS
E. None of these D. UNIX
Answer: Option D Answer: Option A
28.Graphical pictures that represent 33.Window's settings are recorded in

an object like file, folder etc are: A. WINDOWS.INI
A. Task bar B. WIN.INI
B. Windows C. SYSTEM.INI
C. Icons D. GROUP.INI
D. Desktop Answer: Option B
Answer: Option C
5
34.Which network protocol is used to

send Email? 39.The processor which performs
A. FTP arithmetical and logical operations is called
B. SSH A. Control
C. POP3 B. ALU
D. SMTP C. Register
E. None of these D. Cache Memory
Answer: Option D Answer: Option B
35.The operating system manages 40.Which was an early mainframe

A. Memory computer?
B. Processor A. UNIC
C. Disk and I/O Devices B. FUNTRIA
D. All of the above C. BRAINIA
Answer: Option D D. ENIAC
Answer: Option D
36. Operating System is the most
common type of _________ software. 41.Arithmetic logic unit
A. Communication I. perform arithmetic operations
B. Application II. store data
C. System III. perform comparison
D. Word Processing Software IV. communicate with input devices
Answer: Option C from above the correct one is
A. I only
37. Which memory is non volatile and B. II only
may be written only once? C. I and II only
A. RAM D. I and III only
B. EEPROM Answer: Option D
C. EPROM
D. PROM 42.RAM chips
Answer: Option D A. allow the computer to store data
electronically
38.Which of the following memory is B. store data indefinitely unless you delete it
volatile C. are secondary memory
A. RAM D. All of the above
B. ROM Answer: Option A
C. EPROM
D. PROM 43.Super computers are mainly useful for
Answer: Option A A. Mathematical intensive scientific
applications
B. Data-retrieval operations
C. Input-output intensive processing
D. All of the above
Answer: Option A
6
44.The memory which is programmed

at the time it is manufactured is
A. RAM 50.AVI(Audio Video Interleave) format was
B. ROM developed by?
C. PROM A. IBM
D. EPROM B. Apple
E. None of these C. Microsoft
Answer: Option B D. Macromedia
E. Adobe
45.Which of the following is the fastest Answer: Option C
A. CPU
B. Magnetic Tapes and Disks 51.Which one of the following is an example
C. Video Terminal of Operating System?
D. Sensors, Mechanical Controllers A. Microsoft Word
Answer: Option A B. Microsoft Excel
C. Microsoft Access
46.A kilobyte also referred to as KB, is D. Microsoft Windows
equal to: Answer: Option D
A. 1000 bytes
B. 1024 bytes 52.Which is the device that converts
C. 2048 bytes computer output into a form that can be
D. 512 bytes transmitted over a telephone line?
Answer: Option B A. Teleport
B. Multiplexer
47.When was the first e-mail sent? C. Concentrator
A. 1963 D. Modem
B. 1969 Answer: Option D
C. 1971
D. 1974 53.Which of the following items is not used
Answer: Option C in Local Area Networks (LANs)
A. Computers
48.One MB is equal to? B. Modem
A. 1024 Byte C. Printer
B. 1024 KB D. Cable
C. 1000 KB Answer: Option B
D. 1024 GB
Answer: Option B 54.The file extension of MS-Word document
in Office 2007 is _______.
49.Internet Explorer is a type of A. .doc
A. Operating System B. .docx
B. Browser C. .pdf
C. IP address D. .txt
D. Compiler E. .xls
7
55.A computer port is used to?

A. Communicate with hard disks
B. Donwload files 60.Another term for Main Memory is
C. Communicate with other computer A. Hard Disk
peripherals B. ROM
D. None of the above C. Floppy Disk
Answer: Option C D. RAM
Answer: Option D
56.Dot-matrix, Deskjet, Inkjet and
Laser are all types of which computer 61.General purpose computers are those
peripherals? that can be adopted to countless uses
A. Printers simply by changing its
B. Software A. Output Device
C. Monitors B. Input Device
D. Keyboards C. Program
Answer: Option A D. Processor
E. None of these
57.In a client/server model, a client Answer: Option C
program………
A. Asks for information 62.A collection of 8 bits is called
B. Provides information and files A. Byte
C. Serves software files to other B. Record
computers C. Word
D. Distributes data files to other D. Nibble
computers Answer: Option A
Answer: Option A
63.The device primarily used to provide
58.Computer Virus is a _______. hardcopy is the
A. Hardware A. CRT
B. Software B. Computer Console
C. Bacteria C. Printer
D. Freeware D. Card Reader
Answer: Option B E. None of these
Answer: Option C
59.The most advanced form of ROM is?
A. PROM 64.Which of the following is the most
B. RAM powerful type of the computer?
C. EEPROM A. Mainframe
D. Cache Memory B. Super conductor
Answer: Option C C. Micro computer
D. Super computer
E. None of these
Answer: Option D
8
65.A list of instructions used by a

computer is called
A. Text 69.A typical modern computer uses
B. CPU A. Magnetic cores for secondary storage
C. Program B. LSI chips
D. Output C. Magnetic tape for primary memory
Answer: Option C D. More than 10,000 vaccum tubes
Answer: Option B
66.EEPROM stands for
A. Electronically Erasable Programmable 70.The term 'memory' applies to which one
Read-Only Memory of the following
B. Electrically Erasable Programmable A. Logic
Read-Only Memory B. Storage
C. Electrically Enabled Programmable C. Input Device
Read Only Memory D. Output Device
D. Electronically Enabled Programmable Answer: Option B
Read Only Memory
E. None of these 71.Which of the following is true about
Answer: Option B primary storage?
A. It is a part of the CPU
67.ROM is needed for storing an initial B. It allows very fast access to data
program called _______. C. It is relatively more expensive
A. Computer Startup Loader D. All of the above
B. OS Version Answer: Option D
C. Kernel
D. Bootstrap Loader 72.The process of copying data from a
Answer: Option D memory location is called
A. Writing
68.Which of the following is not used B. Controlling
as secondary storage? C. Booting
A. Semiconductor memory D. Reading
B. Magnetic Disks Answer: Option D
C. magnetic Drums
D. Magnetic Tapes 73.The process of putting data into a
Answer: Option A storage location is called
A. Reading
B. Writing
C. Controlling
D. Hand Shaking
Answer: Option B
Composed By
Siaf Rehman Qureshi Ali Raza Shaikh

9
CHAPTER # 02
1.Which of the following is the 7.CPU controls ……...
product of data processing? A. All Input, Output and processing.
A. Information B. Controls Memory
B. Data C. Controlled by the input data
C. Software Program D. None of the above
D. System Answer: Option A
Answer: Option A
8.USB stands for ________?
2.Which one is not an input device? A. Universal Serial Bus
A. Keyboard B. Universal Sequential Bus
B. Mouse C. Unique Serial Bus
C. Speaker D. Unique Sequential Bus
D. Scanner Answer: Option A
Answer: Option C
9.ALU stands for ________?
3.DNS in internet technology stands A. Arithmetic Legal Unit
for B. Arithmetic Logic Unit
A. Distributed Name System C. Arithmetic Local Unit
B. Data Name System D. Arithmetic Logic Utility
C. Dynamic Name System Answer: Option B
D. Domain Name System
Answer: Option D 10.CPU stands for ______ ?
A. Central Performance Unit
4.Portable program means? B. Control Processing Unit
A. Independent from its authors C. Common Processing Unit
B. Independent of platform D. Central Processing Unit
C. Program with wheels Answer: Option D
D. None of the above
Answer: Option B 11.Which of the following holds the ROM,
RAM, CPU?
5.What technology of memory is A. Hard Disk
Cache RAM usually? B. ALU
A. DRAM C. Mother Board
B. Flash D. None of the above
C. SRAM Answer: Option C
D. EEPROM
Answer: Option C 12.Where is computer's BIOS stored?
A. DRAM
B. Flash
C. SRAM
D. EEPROM
Answer: Option B
10
13.A technique used by codes to 18.What is Cache RAM?

convert an analog signal into a digital A. Extra memory used for overflow from your
bit stream is known as Hard Disk
A. Digital Signal Generator B. A place to store secret information like
B. Pulse Code Modulation passwords
C. Pulse Signal Modulation C. Its the same as your Hard Disk Drive
D. None of these D. Fast memory used for data that is accessed
Answer: Option B often
Answer: Option D
14.Where does your PC store your
programs when the power is off? 19.What does DRAM stand for?
A. DRAM A. Data Random Access Memory
B. Cache B. Data Random Active Memory
C. ROM C. Dynamic Random Access Memory
D. Hard Disk Drive D. Double Random Access Memory
Answer: Option D Answer: Option C
15.What is PCI(Peripheral Component 20.A program that converts computer data

Interconnect)? into some code system other than the
A. A type of monitor normal one is known as
B. A type of system bus A. Emulator
C. A kind of graphics B. Encoder
D. A modem standard C. Decoder
E. None of these D. Trigger
16.Which company is not a PC 21.Which company is not a microprocessor

manufacturer? manufacturer?
A. Intel A. IBM
B. Gateway B. AMD(Advanced Micro Devices)
C. Dell C. Microsoft
D. Compaq D. Intel
Answer: Option A Answer: Option C
17.What language does a browser 22.Which company is not a microprocessor

typically interpret to display manufacturer?
information from the World Wide A. IBM
Web? B. AMD(Advanced Micro Devices)
A. Machine Code C. Microsoft
B. Assembly Language D. Intel
C. HTML E. None of these
D. C++ Answer: Option C
Answer: Option C
11
28.……….is the process of finding errors in

software code.
23.What does a system bus do? A. Compiling
A. allows the user to communicate with B. Testing
the computer C. Running
B. carries out instructions D. Debugging
C. connects various components within Answer: Option D
the computer
D. stores data and instructions 29.To move to the beginning of a line of text,
Answer: Option C press the _____ key.
A. Home
24.Buying and selling the products B. A
over electronic systems like internet C. PageUp
is called.. D. Enter
A. Online Shopping E. None of these
B. Net Banking Answer: Option A
C. E-Commerce
D. Dgital Marketing 30.LAN stands for?
Answer: Option C A. Last Affordable Network
B. Leased Area Network
25.Basic Building Blocks for a Digital C. Latency Around Netwok
Circuit is…… D. Local Area Network
A. CMOS Answer: Option D
B. Logic Gate
C. BIOS 31.A wireless technology built in electronic
D. DMOS gadgets used for exchanging data over short
Answer: Option B distances is..
A. USB B. Bluetooth
26.The first computer mouse was C. Modem D. Wifi
built by Answer: Option B
A. Douglas Engelbart
B. William English 32.What are the two types of monitors?
C. Oaniel Coogher A. CRT and DVD
D. Robert Zawacki B. CRT and LCD
Answer: Option A C. DVD and VCD
D. LCD and DVD
27.When you are working on a Answer: Option B
document on PC, where is the
document temporarily stored? 33.……………keys are present on the top row
A. RAM of the keyboard.
B. ROM A. Function
C. CPU B. Type writer
D. Flash Memory C. Numeric
E. CD-ROM D. Navigation
Answer: Option A Answer: Option A
12
34.……..computers are used in

Banking, Railways, and Airlines. 39.'www' stands for _____
A. Mini computer A. World Word Web
B. Micro Computer B. World Wide Web
C. Super Computer C. World White Web
D. Mainframe Computer D. World Work Web
35.Information travels between 40.The most important or powerful

components on the mother board computer in a typical network is _____
through- A. Desktop
A. Flash memory B. Network client
B. CMOS C. Network server
C. Bays D. Network station
D. Buses E. None of these
E. Peripherals Answer: Option C
Answer: Option D
41.Which of the following is an example of
36.How are data organized in a connectivity?
spreadsheet? A. Internet
A. Lines and spaces B. Floppy disk
B. Layers and planes C. Power cord
C. Height and width D. Data
D. Rows and columns E. None of these
E. None of these Answer: Option A
Answer: Option D
42.Changing an existing document is called
37..... is collection of web pages and _____ the document.
...... is the very first page that we see A. Creating
on opening of a web-site B. Editing
A. Home-page, Web-page C. Modifying
B. Web-site, Home-page D. Adjusting
C. Web-page, Home-page Answer: Option B
D. Web-page, Web-site
E. None of these 43.Which of the following is the largest unit
Answer: Option B of storage?
A. Gigabyte (GB
38.When the pointer is positioned on B. Kilobyte (KB)
a…… it is shaped like a hand. C. Megabyte (MB)
A. Grammar error D. Terabyte (TB)
B. Hyperlink Answer: Option D
C. Screen tip
D. Spelling error
E. Formatting error
Answer: Option B
13
44.The…….key will launch the start

buttons. 49.What menu is selected to cut, copy, and
A. Esc paste?
B. Shift A. File
C. Windows B. Tools
D. Shortcut C. Special
Answer: Option C D. Edit
E. None of these
45.Which of the following is true? Answer: Option D
A. Byte is a single digit in a binary
number 50.Computers use the _____ number system
B. Bit represents a grouping of digital to store data and perform calculations.
numbers A. Decimal
C. Eight-digit binary number is called a B. Hexadecimal
byte C. Octal
D. Eight-digit binary number is called a D. Binary
bit Answer: Option D
Answer: Option C
51.When sending an e-mail, the _____ line
46.Transformation of input into describes the contents of the message.
output is performed by? A. To
A. Peripherals B. Subject
B. Memory C. Contents
C. Storage D. CC
D. The Input-Output unit Answer: Option B
E. The CPU
Answer: Option E 52.The _____ tells the computer how to use its
components.
47.How many options does a binary A. Utility
choice offer? B. Network
A. None B. One C. Two C. Operating system
D. It depends on the amount of memory D. Application program
in the computer E. None of these
E. It depends on the speed of the Answer: Option C
computer's processor
Answer: Option C 53.What is the term used for unsolicited e-
mail?
48.The ……. of a system includes the A. News group
programs or instructions. B. Use net
A. Hardware C. Backbone
B. Icon D. Flaming
C. Information E. Spam
D. Software Answer: Option E
Answer: Option D
14
54.Two or more computers connected

to each other of sharing information
form a _____ . 59.…….is the science that attempts to
A. Server produce machines that display the same
B. Router type of intelligence that humans do.
C. Network A. Nano science
D. Tunnel B. Nanotechnology
E. Pipeline C. Simulation
Answer: Option C D. Artificial intelligence (AI)
Answer: Option D
55.Office LANs that are spread
geographically apart on a large scale 60.What is backup?
can be connected using a corporate A. Adding more components to your network
_____ . B. Protecting data by copying it from the
A. CAN original source to a different destination
B. LAN C. Filtering old data from the new data
C. DAN D. Accessing data on tape
D. WAN Answer: Option B
E. TAN
Answer: Option D 61.One advantage of dial-up-internet access
is ___
56.You can use the tab key to A. It utilizes broadband technology
A. Move a cursor across the screen B. It utilizes existing telephone service
B. Indent a paragraph C. It uses a router for security
C. Move the cursor down the screen D. Modem speeds are very fast
D. Only A and B Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B
62.Computers that are portable and
57.The primary purpose of software convenient for users who travel are known
is to turn data into _____ as _____
A. Web sites B. Information A. Super computers
C. Programs D. Objects B. Laptops
Answer: Option B C. Mini computers
D. File servers
58.To what temporary area can you Answer: Option B
store text and other data, and later
paste them to another location? 63.The code for a Web page is written using
A. The clipboard _____ .
B. ROM A. A fifth generation language
C. CD-ROM B. Win Zip
D. The hard disk C. Peripherals
Answer: Option A D. Hypertext Markup Language
E. URL
Answer: Option D
15
64.Personal logs or journal entries

posted on the Web are known as :
A. Listservs
B. Webcasts 67.Which of the following is NOT a type of
C. Blogs broad band internet connection?
D. Subject Directories A. Cable
E. None of these B. DSL
Answer: Option C C. Dial-up
D. Satellite
65.Which of the following statements E. None of these
is FALSE concerning file? Answer: Option C
A. Files may share the same name or the
same extension but not both 68.Linux is a(n) ........ operating system
B. Every file in the same foldr must have A. Open-source
a unique name B. Microsoft
C. File extension is another name for file C. Windows
type D. Mac
D. The file extension comes before the Answer: Option A
dot (.) followed by the file name
E. None of these
Answer: Option D 69.Which of the following places the
common data elements in order from
66.The most frequently used smallest to largest?
instructions of a computer program A. character, file, record, field, database
are likely to be fetched from: B. character, record, field, database, file
A. the hard disk C. character, field, record, file, database
B. cache memory D. Bit, byte, character, record, field, file,
C. RAM database
D. registers Answer: Option C
E. None of these
Answer: Option B
Composed By:
Saif Rahman Qureshi
03002279416
Hafiz Ali Raza Shaikh
0306986761
16
CHAPTER # 03
1.What is the correct association 6.Which of the following would most likely
between a hardware component NOT be a symptom of a virus ?
and a computer function? A. Existing program files and icons disappear.
A. Monitor > input
B. Mouse > input B. The CD-ROM stops functioning.
C. CPU > storage C. THe Web browser opens to an unusual home
D. Hard disk > processing page.
Answer: Option B D. Odd messages or images are displayed on the
screen.
2.For move to the bottom of a Answer: Option B
document, press ........
A. Auto summarize 7.We access the World Wide Web using:
B. Home key A. Browsers
C. Ctrl + Home key B. Instant messaging applications
D. End key C. High bandwidth
E. Ctrl + End key D. Search engine
Answer: Option E Answer: Option A
3.By default, your documents print 8.A wireless network uses .......... waves to
in ..... mode transmit signals.
A. Page setup A. Mechanical
B. Portrait B. Radio
C. Landscape C. Sound
D. Print preview D. Magnetic
4.What does the SMTP in an SMTP 9.What device includes an adapter that
server stand for? decodes data sent in radio signals?
A. Simple Mail Transfer Protocol A. Modem
B. Serve Message Text Process B. Digital Translator
C. Short Messaging Text Process C. Router
D. Short Messaging Transfer Protocol D. Switch
5.What's considered the 'backbone' 10.Which of the following is Not a

of the World Wide Web? characteristic of a compluter?
A. Uniform resource locator (URL) A. Intelligence
B. Hypertext mark-up language B. Speed
(HTML) C. Versatility
C. Hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) D. Automation
D. File transfer protocol (FTP) Answer: Option A
Answer: Option C
17
16.Which of the following is Not a

11.Who designed the first electronic characteristic of E-mail?
computer - ENIAC? A. Low cost
A. Von Neuman B. Record maintenance in database
B. Joseph M Jacquard C. High speed
C. J presper Eckert and John W D. Waste reduction
Mauchly Answer: Option B
D. Both A and B
Answer: Option C 17.Loading Operating System onto RAM is
called?
12.Which input device cannot be A. Printing
used to work in MS Office? B. Saving
A. Scanner C. Booting
B. Mouse D. Starting
C. Keyboard Answer: Option C
D. Joy Stick
E. Lightpen 18.The following are all computing devices,
Answer: Option D except ......
A. Notebook computers
13.The bar at the top of a window B. Cellular telephones
that bears the name of the window C. Digital scanners
is known as? D. Personal digital assistants(PDA)
A. Control Panel Answer: Option C
B. Taskbar
C. Menu bar 19.What is the shortcut key to "Undo" the last
D. Status bar action in a document?
E. Title bar A. Ctrl + X
Answer: Option E B. Ctrl + Z
C. Ctrl + Y
14.URL stands for? D. Ctrl + U
A. Universal Research List Answer: Option B
B. Universal Resource List
C. Uniform Resource Locator 20.Chip is a common nickname for a(n)?
D. Uniform Research Locator A. Transistor
Answer: Option C B. Resistor
C. Integrated Cicuit
15.Programs such as Internet D. Smiconductor
Explorer that serve as navigable Answer: Option C
windows into the Web are called
........ 21.A normal CD-ROM usually can store up to
A. Hypertext ........
B. Networks A. 680 KB B. 680 Bytes
C. Internet C. 680 MB D. 680 GB
D. Web Browsers Answer: Option C
Answer: Option D
18
27.Which of the following devices have a

22.Which of the following is the limitation that we can only store information
largest manufacturer of Hard Disk to it but cannot erase or modify it?
Drives? A. Floppy Disk
A. IBM B. Hard Disk
B. Seagate C. Tape Drive
C. Microsoft D. CD-ROM
D. 3M Answer: Option D
Answer: Option B
28.To save a document in different location
23.The programs which are as use:
permanent as hardware and stored A. Save
in ROM is known as B. Save As
A. Hardware C. Save as web page
B. Software D. All of the above
C. Firmware Answer: Option B
D. ROM ware
Answer: Option C 29.Which of the following is not an
manufacturer of Hard Disk drives?
24.A disadvantage of the laser A. Samsung
printer is: B. Intel
A. It is quieter than an impact printer. C. Seagate
B. It is very slow D. Western Digital
C. The output is of a lower quality Answer: Option B
D. All of the above
E. None of these 30.Different components on the motherboard
Answer: Option E of a PC processor unit are linked together by
sets or parallel electrical conducting lines.
25.Instructions and memory What are these lines called?
address are represented by A. Conductors
A. Character code B. Busses
B. Binary codes C. Connectors
C. Binary word D. Connectivity
D. Partiy bit Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B
31.What is meant by a dedicated computer?
26.As compared to diskettes, the A. Which is used by one person only.
hard disks are B. Which is assigned one and only one task.
A. More expensive C. Which uses one kind of software.
B. More portable D. Which is meant for application software.
C. Less rigid E. None of these
D. Slowly accessed Answer: Option B
E. None of these
Answer: Option A
19
32.The secondary storage devices 37.An essential difference between the

can only store data but they cannot operating system that runs a typical desktop
perform computer and the operating system that runs
A. Arithmetic Operation a typical PDA is that .......
B. Logic operation A. the desktop OS has a graphical user interface
C. Fetch operations whereas the PDA OS does not.
D. Either of the above B. the desktop OS can run several programs
Answer: Option D simultaneously whereas the PDA OS cannot.
C. the desktop OS manages hardware resources
33.Which command is used to set a whereas the PDA OS does not.
name to a disk in DOS? D. the desktop computer has an OS whereas a
A. VOLUME PDA does not.
B. VOL Answer: Option B
C. LABEL
D. DISKLABEL 38.Which computer memory is used for
Answer: Option C storing programs and data currently being
processed by the CPU?
34.Which file starts MS Word? A. Mass memory
A. Winword.exe B. Internal memory
B. Word.exe C. Non-volatile memory
C. Msword.exe D. PROM
D. Word2003.exe Answer: Option B
Answer: Option A
39.In MS-WORD 2007, to get to the 'Symbol'
35.Shimmer, Sparkle text, Blinking dialog box, click on the ......... menu and choose
Background etc. are known as ...... 'Symbol'.
A. Font Styles A. Insert B. View
B. Font Effects C. Page Layout D. Mailings
C. Word Art E. None of these
D. Text Effects Answer: Option A
E. None of these
Answer: Option D 40.Superscript, subscript, outline, emboss,
engrave are known as .......
36.In case of MS-WORD, which of the A. Font Styles
following is not available in Font B. Font Effects
Spacing? C. Word Art
A. Normal D. Text Effects
B. Loosely Answer: Option B
C. Condensed
D. Expanded 41.Bold, Italic, Regular are known as ......
E. None of these A. Font Styles B. Font Effects
Answer: Option B C. Word Art D. Text Effects
Answer: Option A
20
42.Which of the following will not 47.In case of MS-EXCEL, If you begin typing an
cut information? entry into a cell and then realize that you
A. Pressing Ctrl + C don't want your entry placed into that cell,
B. Selecting Edit > Cut from the menu you:
C. Clicking on the standard cut button A. Press the Erase key
D. Pressing Ctrl + X B. Press Esc
Answer: Option A C. Press the Enter button
D. Press the Edit formula button
43.Computer connected to a LAN Answer: Option B
(Local Area Network) can .......
A. run faster 48.A self replicating program, similar to a
B. go on line virus which was taken from a 1970s science
C. share information and/or share fiction novel by John Bruner entitled the
peripheral equipment Shockwave Rider is ........
D. E-mail A. Bug
Answer: Option C B. Vice
C. Lice
44.VDU is also called ....... D. Worm
A. Screen Answer: Option D
B. Monitor
C. Both A and B 49.What kind of software would you most
D. Printer likely use to keep track of billing account?
Answer: Option C A. Word Processing
B. Electronic Publishing
45.What is the purpose of keeping C. Spreadsheet
electronic devices such as D. Web authoring
computers, televisions, and remote Answer: Option C
controlled devices on Sleep mode?
A. Reduce Power consumption 50.Which of the following is not a computer
B. Back UP language?
C. To write contents of RAM to hard A. BASIC
disk B. C++
D. To improve download speed C. C#
Answer: Option A D. Java
E. Microsoft
46.Firewalls are used to protect Answer: Option E
against……
A. Unauthorized Access 51.A result of a computer virus can not lead to
B. Virus Attacks ......
C. Data Driven Attacks A. Disk Crash
D. Fire Attacks B. Mother Board Crash
Answer: Option A C. Corruption of program
D. Deletion of files
Answer: Option B
21
52.
The software tools that enable a 57.Which of the following extensions suggest
user to interact with a computer for that the file is a backup copy?
specific purposes are known as ....... A. .bak
A. Hardware B. .bas
B. Network Software C. .com
C. Shareware D. .txt
D. Applications Answer: Option A
Answer: Option D
58.What is output?
53.In word processing, an efficient A. What the processor takes from the user
way to move the 3rd paragraph to B. What the user gives to the processor
place it after the 5th paragraph is C. What the processor gets from the user
....... D. What the processor gives to the user
A. copy and paste Answer: Option D
B. copy, cut and paste
C. cut, copy and paste 59.Hardware includes ..........
D. cut and paste A. all devices used to input data into a computer.
E. None of these B. sets of instructions that a computer runs or
Answer: Option D executes.
C. the computer and all the devices connected to
54.The quickest and easiest way in it that are used to input and output data.
Word, to locate a particular word or D. all devices involved in processing information
phrase in a document is to use the including the central processing unit, memory
....... command. and storage.
A. Replace Answer: Option D
B. Find
C. Lookup 60.The term 'user interface' refers to ........
D. Search A. What the user sees on the screen and how they
E. None of these can interact with it.
Answer: Option B B. How the operating system responds to user
commands.
55.For creating a document, you C. the means by which the user interacts with the
select ........ option at File Menu. peripheral devices on the computer.
A. Open B. Close D. the monitor that is available for the computer.
C. New D. Save Answer: Option A
Answer: Option C
61.The background of any Word document ......
56.What is the function of Recycle A. Is always white colour.
Bin? B. Is the colour you preset under the Options
A. Store deleted file menu.
B. Store temporary file C. Is always the same for the entire document.
C. Store corrupted file D. Can have any colour you choose.
D. Store Document file Answer: Option D
Answer: Option A
22
62.
Which is the latest version of MS 67.Which one of the following would be
Office? considered as a way that a computer virus can
A. Office XP enter a computer system?
B. Windows XP A. Opening an application previously installed on
C. Office 2007 the computer
D. Office 2010 B. Borrowed an illegal copy of software
Answer: Option D C. Viewing a website without causing any
additional transactions
63.Which device can not be shared D. Running antivirus programs
in network? Answer: Option B
A. Projector
B. Keyboard 68.What is the main difference between a
C. Scanner mainframe and a super computer?
D. Printer A. Super computer is much larger than
Answer: Option B mainframe computers.
B. Super computers are much smaller than
64.The bar code which is used on all mainframe computers.
types of items, is read by a scanning C. Supercomputers are focused to execute few
device directly into the computer. programs as fast as possible while mainframe
What is the name of this scanning uses its power to execute as many programs
device? concurrently.
A. Laser scanner D. Supercomputers are focused to execute as
B. Wand many programs as possible while mainframe uses
C. OCR its power to execute few programs as fast as
D. MICR possible.
65.A family of polynomial block 69.A set of information that defines the status
codes designed to correct burst of resources allocated to a process is...
errors is known as A. Process control
A. Bar Codes B. ALU
B. Gray Codes C. Register Unit
C. Fire Codes D. Process description
D. Mnemonics Codes E. None of these
E. None of these Answer: Option D
Answer: Option C
70.Which company is the biggest player in the
66.Programs such as Mozilla Firefox microprocessor industry?
that serve as navigable windows A. Motorola
into the Web are called ........ B. IBM
A. Hypertext B. Network C. Intel
C. Internet D. Web Browsers D. AMD
23
CHAPTER # 04
1.Which of the following was an 5.The MS-DOS operating system is a .....
early desktop operating system that A. graphical user interface, single-tasking
included an integrated graphic user operating system
interface with point-and-click B. graphical user interface, multi-tasking
features? operating system
A. MS-DOS C. command-driven interface, single-tasking
B. Mac OS operating system
C. Unix D. command-driven interface, multi-tasking
D. Gnome operating system
Answer: Option B Answer: Option C
2.The ............ operating system was 6.The most recent version of the Mac OS is
initially created in the early 1970s based on the ......... operating system.
at AT & T's Bell Labs. A. Windows
A. Linux B. DOS B. Linux
C. Unix D. GNU C. Unix
Answer: Option C D. CMOS
Answer: Option C
3.Which of the following is NOT an
advantage of open-source operating 7.The essential difference between an
systems over proprietary versions? operating system like Linux and one like
A. Free use and distribution Windows is that
B. Availability of technical support A. Windows can run with an Intel processor,
C. Availability of source code whereas Linux cannot.
D. Ability to modify code B. Linux is proprietary, whereas Windows is not.
Answer: Option B C. any programmer can modify Linux code, which
is not permitted with Windows.
4.Use of icons and windows are D. there are multiple versions of Linux, but only
characteristic of a .......... interface. one version of Windows.
A. command-driven Answer: Option C
B. windows-oriented
C. graphical-user 8.The main purpose of the offline device is.......
D. menu-driven A. To reduce the no.of operator errors in
Answer: Option C recording data
B. To save computer time
5.In a network, the computer that C. To save floor space in the computer center
stores the files and process the data D. All of the above
is named as Answer: Option B
A. Server B. Terminal
C. Modem D. All of these
Answer: Option A
24
9.Viruses are called that because 15.The ability of an operating system to

A. They are viruses control the activities of multiple programs at
B. They can copy themselves and the same time is called .........
spread. A. multitasking
C. Both A and B B. multi-processing
D. None of these C. multi-operating
Answer: Option B D. multi-paging
E. None of these
10.Which of the following can't Answer: Option A
spread virus
A. An e-mail with attachment 16.A computer assisted method for the
B. A plain text mail recording and analyzing of existing
C. Downloading files over the web hypothetical systems is known as
D. None of these A. Distributed processing
Answer: Option B B. Data transmission
C. Data link
11.What is the Super Computer D. Data flow
developed in India Answer: Option D
A. CRAY B. PARAM
C. Both A and B 17.MIPS stands for
D. None of these A. Million Instructions Per Second
Answer: Option B B. Million Instructions Per Season
C. Monthly Instructions Per Second
12.LAN speeds are measured in D. Million Inputs Per Second
A. BPS (Bits Per Second) Answer: Option A
B. KBPS (Kilo Bits Per Second)
C. MBPS (Mega Bits Per Second) 18.In processing cheques which of the
D. MIPS (Million Instructions Per following I/O techniques have banks
Second) traditionally followed?
Answer: Option C A. OCR (Optical Character Recognition)
B. MICR (Magnetic Ink Character Recognition)
13.What is object of UPS? C. Barcode
A. Using for storage D. VRT (Volume Rendering Technique)
B. To increase the speed of a computer Answer: Option B
C. Provides backup power
D. All of the above 19.Integrated Circuits (IC) chips used in
E. None of these computers are made with
Answer: Option C A. Gold
B. Silver
14.QWERTY is used with reference C. Silicon
to D. Copper
A. Monitor B. Printer E. None of these
C. Keyboard D. Mouse Answer: Option C
Answer: Option C
25
20."Zipping" a file means 25.Which of the following is different from

A. Encrypting the message other
B. Compressing the message A. Internet
C. Transfer the message B. Windows
D. All of the above C. Unix
Answer: Option B D. Linux
Answer: Option A
21.The term that we use to describe
physical components of the system 26.The computer code for interchange of
A. Hardware information between terminals is
B. Inout A. BCDIC
C. Software B. BCD
D. None of these C. ASCII
Answer: Option A D. None of these
Answer: Option C
22.......... Is known as unauthorized
access into others system. 27.How are data organized in a spreadsheet?
A. Hacking A. Rows and Columns
B. Encryption B. Boxes
C. Decryption C. Tables
Answer: Option A D. None of these
Answer: Option A
23.Which company is nicknamed
"Big Blue"? 28.VIRUS stands for
A. TCS B. IBM A. Vital Information Recourse Under Siege
C. Microsoft D. Apple B. Vital Information Reason Under Siege
Answer: Option B C. Vital Information Recourse Under System
D. Virus Information Recourse Under Siege
24.Which of these is a correct Answer: Option A
format of Email address?
A. contact.website.info 29.Which was the first web browser?
B. contactwebsite.info A. WorldWideWeb
C. contact@website.info B. Netscape Navigator
D. contact@website@info C. Internet Explorer
Answer: Option C D. Safari
Answer: Option A
25.WAV file format is associated
with what type of files? 30.It is a small piece of text stored on a user's
A. Video B. Sound computer by a web browser for maintaining
C. Image D. Word Document the state. What we are talking about?
Answer: Option B A. Application B. Session
C. Cookie D. QueryString
Answer: Option C
26
31.In computers ,what is the 37.What does HTTP stands for?

smallest and basic unit of A. Hypertext Transfer Protocol
information storage? B. Hypertext Transfer Plotter
A. Bit B. Byte C. Head Tail Transfer Plot
C. Newton D. Mega Byte D. Head Tail Transfer Protocol
32.What does FTP stand for? 38.What is Windows XP?

A. File Transfer Protocol A. Operating System
B. File Transfer Program B. Storage Device
C. File Thread Protocol C. Processor
D. File Thread Program D. Output Device
33.What does BCC means in EMail? 39.Which of the following is responsible for
A. Black Carbon Copy the management and coordination of
B. Blind Carbon Copy activities and the s.haring of the resources of
C. Business Computer Center the computer?
D. Business Computer Card A. Application Software
Answer: Option B B. Motherboard
C. Operating System
34.What is the shortcut key of D. RAM
printing a document for computer Answer: Option C
having windows?
A. Ctrl + P 40.In computers, '.TMP' extension refers
B. Shift + P usually to what kind of file?
C. Alt + P A. Temporary file B. Image file
D. Ctrl + Alt + P C. Video file D. Text file
35.Which of the following is not a 41What Does BIOS Stand For?

storage device? A. Better Integrated Operating System
A. DVD B. Hard Disk B. Basic Input Output System
C. Floppy Disk D. Mouse C. Battery Integrated Operating Setup
Answer: Option D D. Backup Input Output System
Answer: Option B
36.Which of these is the first web-
based e-mail service? 42.What was the first general-purpose
A. GMail electronic computer?
B. Yahoo Mail A. IBM 405
C. Hotmail B. Zuse Z3
D. Rediff Mail C. ENIAC D. CSIRAC
Answer: Option C Answer: Option C
27
43.Word BLOG is combination of 48.The term 'Pentium' is related to what?

two words- A. Mouse
A. Web-log B. Hard Disk
B. Wave-log C. Microprocessor
C. Web-blog D. DVD
D. Wed-lock Answer: Option C
E. None of these
Answer: Option A 49.What is the full form of e-mail?
A. Electric mail
44.Which of the following is not a B. Electromagnetic mail
Search engine? C. Electronic mail
A. Google D. None of these
B. Bing Answer: Option C
C. Yahoo
D. Orkut 50.ROM tells the computer to-
E. None of these A. disconnect the computer
Answer: Option D B. start up the operating system
C. connect to the hardware
45.A URL is: D. turn on
A. A computer program E. pass on data to the RAM
B. A type of web server Answer: Option B
C. The address of a document or page
on the world wide web 51.The term USER INTERFACE refers to-
D. An acronym for unlimited resources A. What the user sees on the screen and how they
for learning interact with it.
E. None of these B. How the operating system responds to user
Answer: Option C commands
C. The means by which the user interacts with
46.The term 'memory' applies to peripheral devices on the computer.
which one of the following: D. All of these
A. Logic Answer: Option A
B. Storage
C. Input Device 52,Which of the following has the most
D. Output Device capacity?
E. None of these A. CD-R B. CD-RW
Answer: Option B C. DVD D. VCD E. Floppy Disk
Answer: Option C
47.Virtual memory is-
A. Related to virtual reality 53.Gmail, a free web-based email service
B. A form of ROM operated by which company -
C. A form of RAM A. Apple B. Google
Answer: Option C C. Microsoft D. Yahoo
Answer: Option B
28
54.The length of a word in computer 59.What is the first Indigenously developed

is measured in: Super Computer of India?
A. bits A. Tejas
B. byte B. Anupam
C. millimeters C. Aryabhatt
D. metre D. Param
Answer: Option A E. None of these
Answer: Option D
55.Which of the followings is not a
search engine? 60.Which Indian IT expert started web-based
A. Google email service HOTMAIL in 1996?
B. Yahoo A. Sabeer Bhatia
C. Examveda B. Vinod Dham
D. Duck Duck Go C. Ajim Premji
Answer: Option C D. Narayan Murthy
E. None of these
56.A ______ represent approximately Answer: Option A
one billion memory locations.
A. Kilobyte 61.The operating system is the most common
B. Megabyte type of ______ software.
C. Gigabyte A. Communication
D. Terabyte B. System
E. None of these C. Word processing
Answer: Option D. None of these
E. None of these
57.The ______ cells involve creating a Answer: Option B
single cell by combining two or
more selected cells. 62.When you quickly press and release the
A. Formatting left mouse button twice, you are :
B. Merging A. Primary-clicking
C. Embedding B. Pointing
D. Splitting C. Double-clicking
E. None of these D. Secondary-clicking
Answer: Option B E. None of these
Answer: Option C
58.Protocols are
A. Sets of rules 63.Measuring unit of capacity of hard drive is-
B. Sets of maps A. GHz
C. Sets of computers B. GB
D. Sets of product C. Gwatts
E. None of these D. G Newton
Answer: Option A Answer: Option B
29
64.A disk's content that is recorded 67.In an information system, alphanumeric

at the time of manufacture and data normally takes the form of-
cannot be changed or erased by user A. Sentence and paragraph
is - B. Numbers and alphabetical characters
A. Read-only C. Human voice and other sound
B. Memory-only D. None of these
C. Run-only Answer: Option B
D. Write-only
Answer: Option A
68.The real business and competitive value of
65.What is usually used for information technology lies in:
displaying information at public A. The software application that are used by
places? many companies.
A. Monitors B. The capabilities of software and the value of
B. Overhead the information a business acquires and used.
C. Monitor and overhead projection C. The infrastructure of hardware, networks, and
D. Touch screen kiosks other it facilities that are commonly used by
Answer: Option D many companies.
D. The capabilities of the hardware and the speed
66.ALU is termed as- at which it processes information.
A. Arithmetic logical unit Answer: Option B
B. Array Logical Unit
C. Application logic unit
D. Application logic universal
Answer: Option A
Composed By:
Saif Rahman Qureshi
03002279416
03069867619
30
CHAPTER # 05
01.A websites main page is called its- 06.When installing ______ The user must
A. Home page copy usually decompress program file from
B. Browser page CDROM or medium to the hard disk.
C. Bookmark page A. Programming software
D. Search page B. System hardware
Answer: Option A C. Application hardware
D. Application software
02.A collection of interrelated file in Answer: Option A
computer is a-
A. File manager 07.A collection of 8 bit is called -
B. Field A. Byte
C. Record B. Record
D. Database C. Word
Answer: Option D D. Nibble
Answer: Option A
03.The horizontal and vertical lines on
a spreadsheet are called: 08.General purpose computer are those
A. Cells that can be adopted to countless uses
B. Sheets simply by changing its-
C. Block lines A. Output device
D. Grid-lines B. Input device
Answer: Option D C. Processor
D. Program
04.To delete an incorrect character in Answer: Option D
a document, ………..to erase to the right
of the insertion point. 09.Memory in which any location can be
A. Press the left mouse key reached in a fixed and short amount of time
B. Double click the right mouse after specifying its address is called -
C. Press the BACKSPACE key A. Sequential access memory
D. Press the delete key B. Random access memory
Answer: Option D C. Secondary memory
D. Mass storage
05.The operating system does all of Answer: Option B
the following except-
A. Provide a way for the user to interact 10.……...software allows users to perform
with the computer. calculation on rows and columns of data.
B. Manage the central processing unit A. Word processing
(CPU). B. Presentation graphics
C. Manage memory and storage. C. Database management system
D. Enable users to perform a specific task D. Electronic spreadsheet
as document editing. Answer: Option D
Answer: Option D
31
11.The ______ storage on ROM chip, is 16.All of the following are steps involved in
responsible for loading the operating the boot process except-
system from its permanent location on A. Load the operating system in to RAM.
the hard drive in to RAM. B. The power on self test.
A. BIOS C. Activate the basic input/ output system
B. API (BIOS).
C. Device driver D. Load application programs.
D. Supervisor program Answer: Option D
Answer: Option A
17.The basic input/output system (BIOS) is
12.Ensuring that the essential storage in-
peripheral devices are attached and A. RAM
operational is the ____ Process. B. ROM
A. Configuration C. The CPU
B. CMOS D. The hard drive
C. POST Answer: Option B
D. ROM
Answer: Option C 18.Hyper-threading (HT) is related to-
A. Processor
13.Intel and AMD are leaders in- B. RAM
A. Processor C. Mother board
B. RAM D. Hard Disk
C. Mother board Answer: Option A
D. Hard Disk
Answer: Option A 19.IDE (ATE) or SATA interface connect
Mother board with-
14.USB is a type of- A. Mother board
A. Processor B. RAM
B. Port C. Processor
C. Monitor D. Hard disk
D. Program Answer: Option D
Answer: Option B
20.Surgeons can perform delicate
15.Process of Combining strings is operation by manipulating devices through
known as computers instead of manually. this
A. Compiling technology is known as-
B. Combining A. Robotics
C. Attaching B. Computer forensics
D. Concatenation C. Simulation
Answer: Option D D. Forecasting
Answer: Option A
32
21.A program that performs a useful 26.In 1999, the Melissa virus was a widely
task while simultaneously allowing publicized:
destructive acts is: A. e-mail Virus
A. Worm B. Macro virus
B. Trojan Horse C. Trojan Horse
C. Virus D. Time Bomb
D. Macro Virus Answer: Option A
Answer: Option B
27.An intentionally disruptive program that
22.Collecting personal information spreads from program to program or from
and effectively posing as another disk to disk is known as
individual is known as the crime of: A. Trojan horse
A. Spooling B. Virus
B. Identity Theft C. Time bomb
C. Spoofing D. Time related bomb sequence
D. Hacking Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B
28.Malicious software is known as:
23.The common name for the crime of A. Bad ware
stealing passwords is: B. Malware
A. Spooling C. Malicious ware
B. Identity theft D. Illegal ware
C. Spoofing Answer: Option B
D. Hacking
Answer: Option C 29.The majority of computer crimes are
committed by:
24.The thing that eventually A. Hackers
terminates a worm virus is a lack of: B. Insiders
A. Memory or disk space C. Overseas criminals
B. Time D. Young teenage computer geniuses
C. CD drive space Answer: Option B
D. CD-RW
Answer: Option A 30.When a logic bomb is activated by a
time-related event, it is known as a:
25.A logic bomb that was created to A. Time-related bomb sequence
erupt on Michelangelo's birthday is an B. Virus
example of a: C. Time bomb
A. Time-related bomb sequence D. Trojan horse
B. Virus Answer: Option C
C. Time bomb
D. Trojan horse
Answer: Option C
33
31.Standardization of Microsoft 36.What is the name of an application

programs and the Windows operating program that gathers user information and
system has made the spread of viruses: sends it to someone through the Internet?
A. More complicated A. A virus
B. More difficult B. Spybot
C. Easier C. Logic bomb
D. Slower D. Security patch
32.Software programs that close 37.HTML viruses infect:

potential security breaches in an A. Your computer
operating system are known as: B. A Web page in the HTML code
A. Security breach fixes C. Both a Web page and the computer that is
B. Refresh patches viewing it.
C. Security repairs D. None of these
D. Security patches Answer: Option B
Answer: Option D
38.When customers of a Web site are
33……….. is the measurement of things unable to access it due to a bombardment
such as fingerprints and retinal scans of fake traffic, it is known as:
used for security access. A. A virus
A. Biometrics B. A Trojan Horse
B. Bio measurement C. Cracking
C. Computer security D. A denial of service attack.
D. Smart weapon machinery Answer: Option D
Answer: Option A
39.Hardware or software designed to guard
34.What is the most common tool used against unauthorized access to a computer
to restrict access to a computer network is known as a(n):
system? A. Hacker-proof program
A. User log in B. Firewall
B. Passwords C. Hacker-resistant server
C. Computer keys D. Encryption safe wall
D. Access-control software Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B
40.The scrambling of code is known as:
35.If you want to secure a message, use A. Encryption
a(n): B. A firewall
A. Cryptology source C. Scrambling
B. Encryption key D. Password-proofing
C. Encryption software package Answer: Option A
D. Cryptosystem
Answer: Option D
34
46.A storage area used to store data to a

compensate for the difference in speed at
41.Instructions and memory address which the different units can handle data is
are represented by A. Memory
A. Character code B. Buffer
B. Binary codes C. Accumulator
C. Binary word D. Address
D. Parity bit Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B
47.Which of the following will happen when
42.The ALU of a computer responds to data is entered into a memory location?
the commands coming from A. It will add to the content of the location.
A. Primary memory B. It will change the address of the memory
B. Control section location.
C. External memory C. It will erase the previous content.
D. Cache memory D. It will not be fruitful if there is already some
Answer: Option B data at the location.
Answer: Option C
43.An error in software or hardware is
called a bug. What is the alternative 48.The vast network of computers that
computer jargon for it? connects millions of people all over the
A. Leech world is called.
B. Squid A. LAN
C. Slug B. Web
D. Glitch C. Hypertext
Answer: Option D D. Internet
Answer: Option D
44.A byte represents a group of
A. 10 bits 49.Resolution of laser printer is specified in
B. 40 bits terms of
C. 8 bits A. DPI
D. 22 bits B. LPM
Answer: Option C C. CPM
D. PPM
45.What is meant by a dedicated Answer: Option A
computer?
A. Which is used by one person only 50.Personal computers use a number of
B. Which is assigned one and only one chips mounted on a main circuit board.
task What is the common name for such boards?
C. Which uses one kind of software A. Daughter board
D. Which is meant for application B. Motherboard
software C. Father board
Answer: Option B D. Breadboard
Answer: Option B
35
55.Which key on keyboard of a computer

does not have its name printed on the key?
51.Where would you find the letters A. ESC
QWERTY? B. SHIFT
A. Mouse C. F1
B. Screen D. SPACE
C. Numeric Keypad Answer: Option D
D. Keyboard
Answer: Option D 56.How did the computer mouse get its
name?
52.A digitizing tablet can be used for? A. Its cable looks like a tail.
A. Tracing diagrams B. Because it squeaks when moved
B. Printing letters C. It has ears.
C. Reading bar-codes D. Teeth outside mouth.
D. Playing Answer: Option A
Answer: Option A
57.What does a light pen contain?
53.Which of the following is a pointing A. Refillable ink
device? B. Light sensitive elements
A. Hard disk C. Pencil lead
B. CD-ROM drive D. Blue Ink
C. Touch screen used for computer input. Answer: Option B
D. RAM
Answer: Option C 58.What would be the best way to move
around a 3D environment?
54.Where would you find a magnetic A. Use a tracker ball
strip? B. Use a keyboard
A. Speakers C. Use a space mouse
B. Credit card D. Use Joystick
C. Smart card Answer: Option A
D. All of the above
Answer: Option B 59.Hard copy is a term used to describe?
A. Printed output
55.What do the abbreviations VAB B. Writing on a hard board
stand for? C. Storing information on the hard disk
A. Voice activated broadcasting D. All of the above
B. Visual audio board Answer: Option A
C. Voice answer back
D. None of these 60.What are the individual dots which
Answer: Option C make up a picture on the monitor screen
called?
A. Colored spots B. Pixies
C. Pixels D. None of these
Answer: Option C
36
66.Factory production lines can be

61.A daisy wheel is a type of? automated using?
A. Storage device A. Machine tools
B. Pointing device B. VDUs
C. Scaning Device C. Plotters
D. Printer D. None of these
62.What would you not use with a 67.An impact printer creates characters by
flatbed plotter? using?
A. A pen A. An inked ribbon and print head
B. Eraser B. Electrically charged ink
C. Paper C. An ink pen
D. None of these D. All of the above
Answer: Option C Answer: Option A
63.A laser printer does NOT use? 68.What do you need for an ink jet printer?
A. A photo-conductive drum A. A drum
B. A print head B. A cartridge
C. A laser beam C. A ribbon
D. None of these D. All of the above
64.You can protect a floppy disk. 69.The amount of data that a disk may
A. Read contains known as the disk's?
B. Write A. Volume
C. Read and Write B. Size
D. All of the above C. Tracking Unit
Answer: Option B D. Storage capacity
Answer: Option D
65.Information on a hard disk is
usually backed-up using a?
A. CD-ROM
B. Magnetic tape
C. Floppy disk
D. All of the above
Answer: Option A
Siaf Rehman Qureshi 03002279416
Hafiz Ali Raza Shaikh 03069867619

37
CHAPTER # 06
01.Magnetic storage devices can 06.A computer assisted method for the
represent binary 0 by the absence of? recording and analyzing of existing or
A. A magnetic field hypothetical systems is
B. Magnetic tape A. Data transmission
C. Static electricity B. Data flow
D. It cannot possible. C. Data capture
Answer: Option B D. Data processing
E. None of the above
02.Magnetic tape is a? Answer: Option B
A. Random access medium
B. A parallel access medium 07.The brain of any computer system is
C. Universal Access medium A. ALU
D. Serial access medium B. Memory
Answer: Option D C. CPU
D. Control unit
03.Which storage device has the Answer: Option C
largest capacity in MB's?
A. A floppy disk 08.What difference does the 5th generation
B. A CD-ROM computer have from other generation
C. Magnetic tape storage computers?
D. Equal Capacity A. Technological advancement
E. None of the above B. Scientific code
Answer: Option B C. Object Oriented Programming
D. All of the above
04.Which storage device cannot be Answer: Option A
erased?
A. A floppy disk 09.Which of the following computer
B. Magnetic tape storage language is used for artificial intelligence?
C. A CD-ROM A. FORTRAN
D. All of the above B. PROLOG
E. None of the above C. C
Answer: Option C D. COBOL
Answer: Option B
05.Which of the following languages is
more suited to a structured program? 10.The tracks on a disk which can be
A. PL/1 accessed without repositioning the R/W
B. FORTRAN heads is
C. BASIC A. Surface B. Cylinder
D. PASCAL C. Cluster D. All of the above
38
11.Which of the following is the 1's 16.A section of code to which control is
complement of 10? transferred when a processor is
A. 1 interrupted is known as
B. 110 A. M
C. 11 B. SVC
D. 10 C. IP
E. None of the above D. MDR
Answer: Option A E. None of the above
Answer: Option A
12.Which part interprets program
instructions and initiate control 17.The time for which a piece of equipment
operations. operates is called
A. Input A. Seek time
B. Storage unit B. Effective time
C. Logic unit C. Access time
D. Control unit D. Real time
Answer: Option D E. None of the above
Answer: Option B
13.The binary system uses powers of
A. 2 18.Binary numbers need more places for
B. 10 counting because
C. 8 A. They are always big numbers
D. 16 B. Any no. of 0's can be added in front of them
Answer: Option A C. Binary base is small
D. 0's and l's have to be properly spaced apart
14.A computer program that converts Answer: Option C
assembly language to machine
language is 19.Which access method is used for
A. Compiler obtaining a record from a cassette tape?
B. Interpreter A. Direct
C. Assembler B. Sequential
D. Comparator C. Random
Answer: Option C D. All of the above
Answer: Option B
15.The time required for the fetching
and execution of one simple machine 20.Any type of storage that is used for
instruction is holding information between steps in its
A. Delay time processing is
B. CPU cycle A. CPU
C. Real time B. Primary storage
D. Seek time C. Intermediate storage
Answer: Option B D. Internal storage
Answer: Option C
39
21.A name applied by Intel corp. to 26.Which type of system puts the user into
high speed MOS technology is called direct conversation with the computer
A. HDLC through a keyboard?
B. LAP A. Real time processing
C. HMOS B. Interactive computer
D. SDLC C. Batch processing
Answer: Option C D. Time sharing
Answer: Option B
22.A program component that allows
structuring of a program in an unusual 27.The term referring to evacuating the
way is known as content of some part of the machine is
A. Correlation known as
B. Coroutine A. Dump
C. Diagonalization B. Enhancement
D. Quene C. Down
Answer: Option B D. Compiler
Answer: Option A
23.The radian of a number system
A. Is variable 28.The process of communicating with a
B. Has nothing to do with digit position file from a terminal is
value A. Interactive
C. Equals the number of its distinct B. Interrogation
counting digits C. Heuristic
D. Is always an even number D. All of the above
24.The section of the CPU that selects, 29.A common boundary between two
interprets and sees to the execution of systems is called
program instructions A. Interdiction
A. Memory B. Interface
B. Register unit C. Surface
C. Control unit D. None of the above
D. ALU Answer: Option B
Answer: Option C
30.The examination and changing of single
25.A single packet on a data link is bits or small groups of his within a word is
known as called
A. Path A. Bit
B. Frame B. Byte
C. Block C. Bit manipulation
D. Group D. Bit slice
E. None of the above Answer: Option C
Answer: Option B
40
31.Which method is used to connect a 36.Which computer has been designed to

remote computer? be as compact as possible?
A. Device A. Mini
B. Dialup B. Super computer
C. Diagnostic C. Micro computer
D. Logic circuit D. Mainframe
32.How many bit code is used by 37.A datum that indicates some important
Murray code for TELEPRINTER state in the content of input or output is
machines. A. Sequence
A. 4 B. Sentinel
B. 5 C. SIO
C. 9 D. Sibling
D. 25 Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B
38.Which is a non-standard version of a
33.The symbols used in an assembly computing language?
language are A. PROLOG
A. Codes B. APL
B. Mnemonics C. Army
C. Assembler D. PL/1
D. All of the above Answer: Option C
Answer: Option B
39.Which of the following is still useful for
34.The 2's complement of a binary no. adding numbers?
is obtained by adding.....to its 1's A. EDSAC
complement. B. ENIAC
A. 0 C. Abacus
B. 1 D. UNIVAC
C. 10 Answer: Option C
D. 12
Answer: Option B
40.The average time necessary for the
35.A systems programming language correct sector of a disk to arrive at the read
for microcomputers in the Intel family write head is ________ .
is A. Down time
A. PL/C B. Seek time
B. PL/CT C. Rotational delay
C. PL/M D. Access time
D. PLA E. None of the above
Answer: Option C
41
41.A number that is used to control the 46.ASCII stands for

form of another number is known as A. American standard code for information
A. Map interchange
B. Mask B. All purpose scientific code for information
C. Mamtossa interchange
D. Marker C. American security code for information
Answer: Option B interchange
D. American Scientific code for information
42.A general purpose single-user interchange
microcomputer designed to be Answer: Option A
operated by one person at a time is
A. Special-purpose computer 47.A program that is employed in the
B. KIPS development, repair or enhancement of
C. M other programs is known as
D. PC A. System software
Answer: Option D B. Software tool
C. Applications program
43.Which is a machine-oriented high- D. Utility program
level language for the GEC 4080 series Answer: Option B
machines.
A. LOGO
B. SNOBOL 48.Any storage device added to a computer
C. Babbage beyond the immediately usable main
D. ALGOL storage is known as
Answer: Option C A. Floppy disk
B. Hard disk
C. Backing store
44.Which device of computer D. Punched card
operation dispenses with the use of Answer: Option C
the keyboard?
A. Joystick 49.Which output device is used for
B. Light pen translating information from a computer
C. Mouse into pictorial form on paper.
D. Touch A. Mouse
Answer: Option C B. Plotter
C. Touch panel
45.The microcomputer, Intel MCS-80 is D. Card punch
based on the widely used Intel Answer: Option B
A. 8080 microprocessor
B. 8085 microprocessor 50.The list of coded instructions is called
C. 8086 microprocessor A. Computer program B. Algorithm
D. 8082 microprocessor C. Flowchart D. Utility programs
42
51.A technique used by codes to 56.A program that converts computer data
convert an analog signal into a digital into some code system other than the
bit stream is known as normal one is known as
A. Pulse code modulation A. Encoder
B. Pulse stretcher B. Simulation
C. Query processing C. Emulator
D. Queue management D. Coding
52.An optical input device that 57.A device designed to read information
interprets pencil marks on paper encoded into a small plastic card is
media is A. Magnetic tape
A. O.M.R B. Badge reader
B. Punch card reader C. Tape puncher
C. Optical scanners D. Card puncher
D. Magnetic tape Answer: Option B
Answer: Option A
58.A hybrid computer uses a _____ to convert
53.Most important advantage of an IC digital signals from a computer into analog
is its signals.
A. Easy replacement in case of circuit A. Modulator
failure B. Demodulator
B. Extremely high reliability C. Modem
C. Reduced cost D. Decoder
D. Low power consumption Answer: Option C
Answer: Option B
59.A group of magnetic tapes, videos or
54.Data division is the third division of terminals usually under the control of one
a _____ program. master is
A. COBOL A. Cylinder
B. BASIC B. Cluster
C. PASCAL C. Surface
D. FORTH D. Track
55.Which language was devised by Dr. 60.Any device that performs signal
Seymour Aubrey Papert? conversion is
A. APL A. Modulator
B. COBOL B. Modem
C. LOGO C. Keyboard
D. FORTRAN D. Plotter
E. None of the above Answer: Option A
Answer: Option C
43
61.Codes consisting of light and dark 66.A language which is close to that used
marks which may be optically read is within the computer is
known as A. High-level language
A. Mnemonics B. Assembly language
B. Bar code C. Low-level language
C. Decoder D. All of the above
Answer: Option B
67.Which is a unit representing the no bits
62.A type of channel used to connect a of discrete.
central processor and peripherals A. Baud
which uses multipling is known as B. Byte
A. Modem C. Bit
B. Network D. All of the above
C. Multiplexer Answer: Option A
D. All of the above
Answer: Option C 68.A modern digital computer has
A. Extremely high speed
63.The first generation of computers B. Large memory
available was based on the bit micro C. Almost unlimited array
processors. D. All of the above
A. 4 Answer: Option D
B. 8
C. 16 69.The personnel who deals with the
D. 64 computer & its management put together
Answer: Option B are called
A. Software
64.The complete picture of data stored B. Humanware
in database is known as C. Firmware
A. Record D. Hardware
B. Schema Answer: Option B
C. System flowchart
D. DBMS 70.The device that can both feed data into
Answer: Option B and accept data from a computer is
A. ALU
65.Which of the following is intended B. CPU
to be used in all applications runs on C. Input-Output device
mainframe computers. D. All of the above
A. LOGO E. None of the above
B. APL Answer: Option C
C. PL/1
D. OCCAM
Answer: Option C
Composed by: Siaf Rehman Qureshi

44
CHAPTER 07
01.Which of the following can store 05.A device for converting handwritten
information in the form of microscopic impressions into coded characters &
pits on metal disks. positional coordinates for input to a
A. Laser disks computer is
B. Tape cassettes A. Touch panel
C. RAM cartridge B. Mouse
D. Punched cards C. Wand
E. None of the above D. Writing tablet
Answer: Option D
02.A storage system for small amounts
of data is 06.Which is another name for functional
A. Magnetic card language?
B. Magnetic tape A. Machine
C. Punched card B. Application language
D. Optical mark reader C. Low-level language
E. None of the above D. High-level language
Answer: Option B
03.A compiler means
A. A person who compiles source 07.Compilers and interpreters are
programs themselves
B. The same thing as a programmer A. High-level language
C. Keypunch operator B. Codes
D. A program which translates source C. Programs
program into object program D. Mnemonics
E. None of the above E. None of the above
04.A pen shaped device which can 08.A notation used to express clearly on
sense light, and is used to point at algorithm is known as
spots on a video screen. A. Algorithmic language
A. Mouse B. Assembly language
B. Light pen C. Machine language
C. Joystick D. High level language
D. Plotter E. None of the above
Answer: Option B
45
09.An operating system intended for 14.Compression of digital data for efficient
use on microprocessor based systems storage is
that support a single user is A. Buffer
A. PC-DOS B. CPU
B. MS-DOS C. Packing
C. UNIX D. Field
D. CP/M Answer: Option C
Answer: Option D 15.Which programming language is based
on Algol 60.
10.Computer memory consists of A. PILOT
A. RAM B. SNOBOL
B. ROM C. ADA
C. PROM D. SIMULA
D. All of the above Answer: Option D
Answer: Option D 16.A path by which communication is
achieved between a central processor and
11.A stand-alone system which other devices is called
produces one page of printed output at A. Audit trail
a time is B. Network
A. Page printer C. Bus
B. Line printer D. Channel
C. Laser printer E. None of the above
D. Dot matrix printer Answer: Option C
Answer: Option A
17.A memory that does not change its
12.The report card and merit list contents without external causes is known
forms the as
A. Output data A. Dynamic memory
B. Data processing B. Static memory
C. Central Processing C. RAM
D. Input data D. EEPROM
Answer: Option B
13.A number which is stored and
processed but not in the standard 16.A memory that holds micro programs is
exponential form is called A. Core memory
A. Floating point number B. ROM
B. Fixed point number C. RAM
C. Octal number D. Control memory
D. Decimal number E. None of the above
46
17.The organization and 22.A device invented by Dr. Bobeck in 1966,

interconnection of the various for mass storage of data is
components of a computer system is A. Punched paper tape
A. Architecture B. Magnetic bubble storage
B. Networks C. Magnetic tape
C. Graphics D. Magnetic disk
D. Designing E. None of the above
E. None of the above Answer: Option B
Answer: Option A
23.Which of the following is the coding of
18.RAM is used as a short memory data so that is can't be easily understood if
because it is intercepted.
A. Volatile A. Barcode
B. Has small capacity B. Decoder
C. Is very expensive C. Encryption
D. Is programmable D. Mnemonics
19.Which is a device that changes 24.A modern electronic computer is a

information into digital form? machine that is meant for
A. Modem A. Doing quick mathematical calculations
B. Digitizer B. Input storage, manipulation of outputting of
C. Mouse data
D. Light pen C. Electronic data processing
E. None of the above D. Performing repetitive tasks accurately
20.Which network is a packet 25.An index register that is automatically

switching network? incremented or decremented with each use
A. Ring network is
B. LAN A. Auto index
C. Star network B. Asynchronous
D. EuroNET C. Assembler
Answer: Option D D. Compiler
Answer: Option A
21.As compared to diskettes, the hard
disks are 26.Symbolic languages were developed in
A. more expensive A. 1962
B. more portable B. 1950
C. less rigid C. 1974
D. slowly accessed D. 1980
47
27.Who is considered the 'father' of 31.What is the name given to the molecular-
the minicomputer and one of the scale computer?
founder fathers of the modern A. Femtocomputer
computer industry world-wide? B. Nanocomputer
A. George Tate C. Supercomputer
B. Kenneth H. Olsen D. Microcomputer
C. Seymour Cray E. None of the above
D. Basic Pascal Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B 32.The first microprocessors produced by
Intel Corpn. and Texas Instruments were
28.Which printer uses a combination used primarily to control small
of laser-beam & electro photographic A. microwave ovens
techniques. B. washing machines
A. Laser printers C. calculators
B. Dot-Matrix D. personal computers
C. Line printer E. robotics
D. Daisy wheel Answer: Option C
Answer: Option A 33.A billionth of a second is defined as a:
A. millisecond
29.Where have the program and data B. microsecond
to be located before the ALU and C. nanosecond
control unit of a computer can operate D. picoseconds
on it? E. None of the above
A. Internal memory Answer: Option C
B. Secondary memory
C. Microprocessor 34.Which of the following is not currently a
D. Magnetic tapes topic in computer science?
E. None of the above A. Speech recognition
Answer: Option A B. Artificial intelligence
C. Thermodynamics
30.When was Apple Macintosh II D. Multiprocessing
microcomputer introduced in the Answer: Option C
market?
A. 1964 35.Control Unit of a digital computer is
B. 1970 often called the
C. 1987 A. Clock
D. 1986 B. Nerve center
E. None of the above C. ICs
Answer: Option B
48
36.Human beings are referred to as 40.The unit of a computer system that

Homosapiens. Which device is called executes program, communicates with and
Silico sapiens? often controls the operation of other
A. Monitor subsystems of the computer is known as
B. Hardware A. CPU
C. Robot B. Control Unit
D. Computer C. I/O unit
E. None of the above D. Peripheral unit
Answer: Option A
37.The most important advantage of a
video disk is 41.Which access method is used for
A. Compactness obtaining a record from a cassette tape
B. Potential capacity A. direct
C. Durability B. sequential
D. Cost effectiveness C. random
E. None of the above D. All of the above
Answer: Option B E. None of the above
Answer: Option B
38.The process of entering data into a
storage location 42.Time during which a job is processed by
A. adds to the contents of the location the computer is
B. cause variation in its address number A. Delay time
C. is known as a readout operation B. Real time
D. is destructive of previous contents C. Execution time
E. None of the above D. Down time
39.The most common binary code in 43.Which of the following is used to insure
use today is the 8 bit ASCII code. What the high quality of computer output?
do the letters ASCII stand for? A. computer output microfilm
A. American Standard Code for B. output controls
International Interchange C. voice output systems
B. American Standard Code for D. liquid crystal display
Information Interchange Answer: Option B
C. American Standard Code for
Intelligence Interchange 44.The software used to convert source
D. American Scientific Code for program instructions to object instruction
Information Interchange is known as
E. None of the above A. Compiler
Answer: Option B B. Assembler
C. Interpreter
D. Language processor
Answer: Option D
49
45.Binary numbers need more places 50.Backing storage is so named because it

for counting because: A. is always kept at the back of the CPU
A. 0's and 1's can be added in front of B. is slow and backward
them C. backs up the computer
B. 0's and 1's have to be properly placed D. lags behind the main memory
C. They are always big numbers Answer: Option C
D. Binary base is small
Answer: Option D 51.The ASCII code for the character J is:
A. 106
46.Off-line operation is the operation B. 105
of devices without the control of C. 074
A. Memory D. 075
B. CPU Answer: Option C
C. ALU
D. Control unit 52.Which of the following is the user
Answer: Option B programmed semiconductor memory?
A. SRAM
47.What is meant by a dedicated B. DRAM
computer? C. EPROM
A. Which is used by one person only D. All of the above
B. Which is assigned one and only one Answer: Option C
task
C. Which uses on kind of software 53.The two kinds of main Memory are:
D. Which is meant for application A. Primary and secondary
software only B. Random and sequential
Answer: Option B C. ROM and RAM
D. All of the above
48.An instruction that transfers Answer: Option C
program control to one or more
possible paths is known as 54.Programs designed to perform specific
A. Utility program tasks is known as
B. System software A. System software
C. Broadband channel B. Application software
D. Application program C. Utility programs
Answer: Option C D. Operating system
Answer: Option B
49.Name of the first guided weapon in
the world which used a programmable 55.What is the name given to the weapons
digital computer: which use computerised guidance system?
A. Sting Ray Torpedo A. Guided weapons
B. Mk 46 Torpedo B. Smart weapons
C. Air-Launched Cruise Missile (ALCM) C. Dumb weapons
D. Tomahawk Missile D. Starwars weapons
50
56.A monitor's _____ is the distance 60.The ALU of a computer normally

between the holes in the mask behind contains a number of high speed storage
the screen. This helps determine how elements called
sharp the dots appear. A. semiconductor memory
A. refresh rate B. registers
B. dot pitch C. hard disk
C. resolution D. magnetic disk
D. color depth E. None of the above
Answer: Option B
61.A _____ is simply an arrangement where
57.What is the name of the printer multiple disk drives appear as a single disk
which prints all the A's in a line before drive to the user.
all the B's? A. disk
A. Thermal printer B. disk array
B. Electrostatic printer C. bunch of disks
C. Line printer D. disk pack
D. Ink-jet printer E. spanned drive
Answer: Option C
62.In comparison with static RAM memory,
58.Conversion of binary number the dynamic RAM memory has
1010101000010111 to hexadecimal A. lower bit density and higher power
number is consumption
A. D8F916 B. higher bit density and higher power
B. A8B916 consumption
C. AA1716 C. lower bit density and lower power
D. D9F816 consumption
E. None of the above D. higher bit density and lower power
Answer: Option C consumption
59.Which of the following holds data Answer: Option D
and processing instructions
temporarily until the CPU needs it? 63.A multi programming system is one that
A. ROM can
B. control unit A. run very fast
C. main memory B. share hardware resources with many
D. coprocessor chips programs simultaneously
E. None of the above C. compute many programs simultaneously
Answer: Option C D. use many operating systems
Answer: Option B
51
64.The language that is an input for 67.Before a disk drive can access any sector
statement translation is called record, a computer program has to provide
A. Assembly language the record's disk address. What
B. Source language information does this address specify?
C. High-level language A. Track number
D. Object language B. Sector number
E. None of the above C. Surface number
Answer: Option B D. All of the above
65.All the instructions and procedures Answer: Option D
needed to start up a computer, to the
point it can load an operating system, 68.A high speed device used in CPU for
are stored in ROM chips. In IBM temporary storage during processing is
compatible PCs this is called the…….. called
A. RAM BIOS A. A register
B. ROM BIOS B. A bus
C. EPROM C. A databus
D. POST D. All of the above
Answer: Option B Answer: Option A
66.Computers are extremely fast and

have fantastic memories. However, the
only thing they can remember is
A. Instruction
B. Series of 1s and 0s
C. Boolean algebra
D. Logic theorems
Answer: Option B
Composed By:
Saif Rahman Qureshi
03002279416
03069867619
52
CHAPTER # 08
01.The first electronic digital 06.Which 32-bit microprocessor is used in
computer contained? IBM's PS/2 model-80 computer?
A. Electronic valves A. 8088
B. Vacuum tubes B. 80286
C. Transistors C. 80386
D. Semiconductor memory D. 80486
02.Name the two persons who were 07.The memory which is ultraviolet light
the first to develop a model of the erasable and electrically programmable is
microprocessor chip. A. ROM
A. Marcian Hoff and Stanley Mazor B. PROM
B. Victor Poor and Marcian Hoff C. RAM
C. Victor Poor and Masatoshi Shima D. EPROM
D. None of the above Answer: Option D
Answer: Option A
08.What is the name of the computer which
03.EBCDIC can code up to how many was first used for programming and playing
different characters? of music?
A. 8 A. ELLIAC
B. 16 C. 32 B. ENIAC
D. 64 C. UNIVAC
E. 256 D. All of the above
Answer: Option E Answer: Option A
04.Who is credited with the idea of 09.The access method used for cassette
using punch cards to control patterns tape is
in a weaving machine? A. Direct
A. Pascal B. Random
B. Hollerith C. Sequential
C. Babbage D. All of the above
D. Jacquard Answer: Option C
Answer: Option D
10.The arranging of data in a logical
05.Who is the creator of the PASCAL sequence is called:
language? A. sorting
A. Niklaus Wirth B. classifying
B. Dijkstra C. reproducing
C. Donald Knuth D. summarizing
D. Basic Pascal Answer: Option A
Answer: Option A
53
11.When was punched-card 16.A hashing scheme is used with

equipment used for the first time to A. sequential file organization
process the British census? B. direct file organization
A. 1910 C. indexed sequential file organization
B. 1907 D. partitioned file organization
C. 1911 E. None of the above
Answer: Option C 17.The time taken for the read/write head
to move to the correct track on the
12.A computer has a 1024K memory. magnetic disk is called
What does the letter K stand for A. epoch delay
A. Kilometre B. latency delay
B. Thousand C. seek time
C. 1024 D. approach time
D. MB E. None of the above
Answer: Option C
18.The system unit of a personal computer
13.Computer instructions written with typically contains all of the following
the use of English words instead of except:
binary machine code is called A. microprocessor
A. Mnemonics B. disk controller
B. Symbolic code C. serial interface
C. Gray code D. modem
D. Op-code E. All of the above are contained
E. None of the above Answer: Option D
Answer: Option B
19.Which of the following are the two main
14.A characteristic of card systems is: components of the CPU?
A. slowness in processing data A. control unit and registers
B. using cards as records of transactions B. registers and main memory
C. needing a larger DP staff C. control unit and ALU
D. all the above D. ALU and bus
15.1024 bytes represent a 20.A directly accessible appointment

A. Megabyte calendar is a feature of a _____ resident
B. Gigabyte package.
C. Kilobyte A. CPU
D. None of the above B. Memory
Answer: Option C C. Buffer
D. ALU
Answer: Option B
54
21.When was the IBM XT 26.Which type device is a piece of

microcomputer released in the equipment that receives information from a
market? CPU?
A. 1970 A. Input
B. 1971 B. Output
C. 1987 C. CPU
D. 1986 D. Memory
22.Which of the following is not used 27.Computer Operators

for storage purposes with main frame A. Write computer programs for specific
computers? problems
A. removable disks B. Operate the devices which input and output
B. fixed disks data from the computer
C. mass storage systems C. Normally require a college degree in
D. diskettes computer science
Answer: Option D D. All of the above
Answer: Option B
23.What is the main advantage of
magnetic core memory over 28.Which is true for the digital computer?
semiconductor RAM memory? A. It is less accurate than the analog computer
A. more compact and smaller B. It represents the decimal numbers through a
B. more economical string of binary digits
C. a bit does not have to write after C. It is used primarily in scientific applications
reading D. Both A and C
D. non volatile Answer: Option B
Answer: Option D 29.Which of the following terminals' output
most closely resembles the output
24.A memory space used for the produced by a plotter?
temporary storage of data is A. graphics terminal
A. PROM B. POS terminal
B. SAM C. hardcopy terminal
C. Scratchpad storage D. all the above
D. Buffer Answer: Option A
Answer: Option C
30.Which of the following is used for serial
25.What is the name of the logic circuit access storage only?
which can add two binary digits? A. RAM
A. Full adder B. Magnetic tape
B. Half adder C. Magnetic disk
C. Buffer D. Core memory
D. Register Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B
55
31.Continuous line drawing are 36.A small film-plate which is used for
produced using microfilming the output from a
A. Chain printers microcomputer screen is called
B. Daisy wheel printers A. microfilm B. microfiche
C. Plotters C. film card D. COM
D. Thermal devices Answer: Option B
Answer: Option C
37.The ALU and control unit of most of the
32.Which of the following registers is microcomputers are combined and
loaded with the contents of the manufactured on a single silicon chip. What
memory location pointed by the PC? is it called?
A. Memory Address Register A. Mono chip
B. Memory Data Register B. Microprocessor
C. Instruction Register C. ALU
D. Program Counter D. Control Unit
33.One byte can be used to encode any 38.Storage on PC allows you to store files
integer between 'O' and -inclusive until something erases it, but memory loses
A. 16 its contents whenever its _____ is lost
B. 256 A. static B. disk space
C. 128 C. power D. both A and B
D. 255 Answer: Option C
Answer: Option D 39.How many types of storage loops exist in
magnetic bubble memory?
34.The function of CPU is A. 8 B. 4
A. to provide a hard copy C. 16 D. 2
B. to read, interpret and process the Answer: Option D
information and instruction
C. to communicate with the operator 40.Why is the width of the data bus so
D. to provide external storage of text important to the processing speed of a
Answer: Option B computer?
A. The narrower it is, the greater the
35.The bubbles in a bubble memory computer's processing speed
pack are created with the help of? B. The wider it is, the more data that can fit
A. Laser beam into main memory
B. Magnetic field C. The wider it is, the greater the computer's
C. Electric field processing speed
D. X-ray D. The wider it is, the slower the computer's
Answer: Option B processing speed
E. The data bus isn't important to the
processing speed of a computer
Answer: Option C
56
46.The central processor of a modern

41.Fifth generation computers are digital computer consists of
likely to exhibit A. control unit
A. artificial intelligence B. primary memory
B. heuristic behaviour C. control unit and primary memory
C. advanced parallel processing D. All of the above
Answer: Option D
47.A computer system consisting of its
42.When did arch rivals IBM and Apple processor, memory and I/O devices accepts
Computers Inc. decide to join hands? data, processes it and produces the output
A. 1978 results. Can you tell in which component is
B. 1984 the raw data fed?
C. 1990 A. Mass Memory
D. 1991 B. Main memory
Answer: Option D C. Logic unit
D. Arithmetic unit
43.The daily processing of corrections Answer: Option B
to customer accounts best exemplifies
the processing mode of: 48.The transistorized computer circuits
A. Batch processing were introduced in the
B. Real-time processing A. First generation
C. Time-sharing B. Second generation
D. Offline processing C. Third generation
Answer: Option A D. Fourth generation
E. Fifth generation
44.Which of the following devices can Answer: Option B
be used to directly input printed text?
A. OCR 49.The memory sizes in mainframe
B. OMR computers and advanced technology micro
C. MICR computers are expressed as
D. All of the above A. Bytes
Answer: Option A B. Kilo-bytes
C. Bits
45.To locate a data item for storage is D. Megabytes
A. Field Answer: Option D
B. Feed
C. Database 50.A memory bus is mainly used for
D. Fetch communication between
Answer: Option D A. processor and memory
B. processor and I/O devices
C. I/O devices and memory
D. input device and output device
Answer: Option A
57
51.Which of the following memory is 56.An AND gate

capable of operating at electronics A. implements logic addition
speed? B. is equivalent to a series switching circuit
A. Semiconductor memory C. is an any or all gate
B. Magnetic disks D. is equivalent to a parallel switching circuit
C. Magnetic drums E. None of the above
D. Magnetic tapes Answer: Option B
Answer: Option A
57.Which of the following is not true of
52.The main purpose of time sharing immediate processing?
techniques used in computers is to A. It is often used in real-time applications
make the best use of the B. It can occur with either sequential of direct-
A. CPU access files
B. peripherals C. It can be used in an airline-reservation
C. secondary storage system
D. floppy disks D. Transactions are processed shortly after a
Answer: Option A real-world event occurs
E. All of the above are true
53.A temporary storage area, attached Answer: Option B
to the CPU, for I/O operations is a:
A. chip 58.Which part of the computer were is used
B. buffer for calculating and comparing?
C. register A. Disk unit
D. core B. Control unit
E. None of the above C. ALU
Answer: Option B D. Modem
Answer: Option C
54.The person contributing the idea of
the stored program was 59.A file containing relatively permanent
A. John von Neumann data is
B. Charles Babbage A. Random file
C. Howard Aiken B. Transaction file
D. Basic Pascal C. Master file
Answer: Option A D. Sequential file
Answer: Option C
55.What was the total number of
UNIVAC-I sold eventually and by which 60.Communication that involves
company? computers, establishing a link through the
A. 30, British Tabulating Machine Co. telephone system is called
(BTM) A. Teleprocessing
B. 40, International Business Machines (IBM) B. Microprocessing
C. 48, Remington Rand C. Telecommunications
D. 40, International Computer Ltd. (ICL) D. All of the above
58
61.Dot-matrix is a type of 66.Where does a computer add and

A. Tape compare data?
B. Printer A. Hard disk
C. Disk B. Floppy disk
D. Bus C. CPU chip
Answer: Option B D. Memory chip
Answer: Option C
62.Which kind of devices allows the
user to add components and 67.Which of the following require large
capabilities to a computer system? computer memory?
A. System boards A. Imaging
B. Storage devices B. Graphics
C. Input devices C. Voice
D. Output devices D. All of the above
E. Expansion slots Answer: Option D
Answer: Option E
68.Who designed the first general purpose
63.Which of the following are used to electronic digital computer "ENIAC" ?
quickly accept, store, and transfer data A. Van-Neumann
and instructions that are being used B. Joseph M Juoquard
immediately by the CPU? C. J. Presper Eckert and John W Mauchly
A. microprocessors D. All of the above
B. registers Answer: Option C
C. ROM chips
D. data buses 69.What type of control pins are needed in
Answer: Option B a microprocessor to regulate traffic on the
bus, in order to prevent two devices from
64.Which disk interface standard trying to use it at the same time?
includes support for up to eight A. Bus control
peripheral devices? B. Interrupts
A. ST50G/412 C. Bus arbitration
B. IDE D. Status
C. SCSI Answer: Option C
D. ESDI
Answer: Option C 70.The analog computer measures
dimensions and its circuits use the
65.In synchronous transmission data differential and integral equations of
from various users continuous variables. The digital computer
A. Require header counts units and its circuits use
B. Do not require header A. Logic gates
C. Sometimes require header B. Discrete switches
D. All of the above C. Boolean algebra
Answer: Option B D. Bayes' theorem
Answer: Option C
59
CHAPTER # 09
01.General purpose computers are 06.What is the name of the visible silver
those that can be adopted to countless rectangle which separates the take-up
uses simply by changing its portion of the magnetic tape from the data
A. keyboard recording portion?
B. printer A. Load maker
C. program B. Load marker
D. display screen C. Tape separator
Answer: Option C D. Tape marker
Answer: Option B
02.A part located in the central
processing unit that stores data & 07.A software package to perform
information is known as calculations on data arranged in an array is
A. Core memory A. System software
B. PROM B. Utility programs
C. EPROM C. Electronic spread sheet
D. ROM D. Application programs
03.A computer with CPU speed around 08.What was the name of the first stored
100 million instructions per second & program electronic computer which was
with the word length of around 64 bits built in 1949 at Cambridge University in
is known as England?
A. Super computer A. EDVAC B. EDSAC
B. Mini computer C. UNIVAC D. MARK-I
C. Micro computer Answer: Option B
D. Micro computer
Answer: Option A 09.An input device which can read
characters directly from an ordinary piece
04.A computer program consists of of paper is
A. System flowchart A. OCR B. OMR
B. Program flowchart C. MSI D. POS
C. Algorithms written in computer's Answer: Option A
language
D. Discrete logical steps. 10.Which of the following is not a part of
Answer: Option C the CPU
A. storage unit
05.Which is a secondary memory B. arithmetic and logic unit
device? C. program unit
A. CPU B. ALU D. control unit
C. Floppy disk D. Mouse Answer: Option C
Answer: Option C
60
11.Which of the following chips can be 16.In this world of fast changing computer
reprogrammed with special electric technology, one of the most important
pulses? factor to be considered while purchasing a
A. EPROM PC is, it should have a provision for
B. PROM A. high level integration
C. ROM B. self upgradability
D. EEPROM C. intelligent sensors
Answer: Option D D. faster data access
Answer: Option B
12.The ALU of a central processing
unit does the essential maths work for 17.A collection of eight bits is called
the computer. What does the control A. Byte
unit do? B. Word
A. Communicates its results C. Record
B. Activates the output device D. File
C. Monitors the flow of information Answer: Option A
D. Control the printer
Answer: Option C 18.Which of the following storage and
retrieval methods would be well suited to
13.In MODEMS your processing requirements if you only
A. Several digital signals are multiplexed need to retrieve records one at a time and
B. A digital signal changes some there is no fixed pattern to the requests for
characteristic of a carrier wave data and records?
C. Digital signal is amplified A. indexed sectors
D. All of the above B. sequential
Answer: Option B C. direct
D. indexed direct
14.In a PC, how much memory is Answer: Option D
available to application software?
A. 1024 KB 19.A storage device which is used to store
B. 760 KB data & information external to the main
C. 640 KB storage is known as
D. 560 KB A. Buffer
E. 2048 KB B. Backing storage
Answer: Option C C. PROM
D. Accumulator
15.For a memory system, the cycle Answer: Option B
time is
A. same as the access time 20.The binary equivalent of the Octal
B. longer than the access time number 13.54 is
C. shorter than the access time A. 1011.1011 B. 1101.111
D. submultiple of the access time C. 1001.111 D. All of the above
Answer: Option B
61
21.The number of records contained 26.What process prepares the magnetic

within a block of data on magnetic surface of a disk by creating concentric
tape is defined by the circles, called tracks, around the disk?
A. block definition (Each track is further divided into pic-
B. record contain clause shaped sections called sectors.)
C. blocking factor A. Tracking
D. record per block factor B. Formatting
Answer: Option C C. Copying
D. Sectioning
22.The storage locations in the Answer: Option B
internal storage of a CPU are called
A. contents 27.What does that acronym VGA stand for?
B. addresses A. Extended Graphics Adapter
C. locations B. Enhanced Graphics Array
D. mask C. Video Graphics Array
Answer: Option B D. Color Graphics Array
Answer: Option C
23.Which is used to provide the sight
information to the right person at the 28.Which part of the diskette should never
right time for proper decision making? be touched?
A. DBMS A. Hub
B. MIS B. Centre
C. ISO C. Oval slot
D. PSO D. Corner
24.Which type of display is the latest to 29.Most disk drives have a single read/
be used for portable computer? write head for each disk surface. What is
A. LED display the advantage of suing multiple heads on
B. LCD display each movable access arm?
C. Plasma display A. Reduced seek time
D. Electroluminescent display B. Less latency time
Answer: Option D C. Reduced search time
D. Less disk speed
Answer: Option A
25.The EAM device that does not use a
control panel is the: 30.One of the main feature that distinguish
A. collator microprocessors from microcomputers is
B. reproducer A. words are usually larger in microprocessors
C. interpreter B. words are shorter in microprocessors
D. sorter C. microprocessor does not contain I/O devices
Answer: Option D D. exactly the same as the machine cycle time
Answer: Option C
62
31.The following is true about 2-out of- 36.Which of the following is not true of
5 code: future computers?
A. it is weighted code A. increased use of CAD/CAM techniques
B. it is unweighted code B. faster turnaround time
C. it has odd parity C. developments in artificial intelligence
D. All of the above systems
Answer: Option B D. development of products more suitable for
human use
32.The Josephson tunneling device E. All of the above are true
illustrates principles associated with Answer: Option E
the advanced storage technique:
A. cryogenics 37.Whenever a peripheral is being
B. CCD controlled by the CPU, it is said to be online.
C. EBAM If additionally, the computer files are
D. holo graphing updated as soon as any change takes place,
Answer: Option A the system is called
A. quick processing system
33.Communication between B. batch processing system
computers using standard telephone C. real time system
service D. remote processing system
A. Requires a change to an anolog signal E. None of the above
B. Is most efficient Answer: Option C
C. Produces little noise and few
disturbances 38.Which of the following statements is
D. All of the above true?
Answer: Option A A. The installation of a computer is favorably
received by all employees
34.When an input electrical signal B. Some form of training is necessary for
A=10100 is applied to a NOT gate, its employees who will work with computers
output signal is C. Computers are portrayed solely as society's
A. 1011 benefactor
B. 10001 D. A businessperson is only interested in the
C. 10101 computer's accuracy
D. 101 E. None of the above
35.The first practical commercial 39.A floppy disk contains

typewriter was invented in 1867 in the A. Circular tracks only
United States by B. Sectors only
A. Christopher Latham Sholes C. Both circular tracks and sector
B. Carlos Glidden D. All of the above
C. Samuel Soule Answer: Option C
D. All of the above
Answer: Option D
63
40.First generation computers are 45.What is meant by quad-density (QD)

characterised by diskette?
A. Vacuum tubes and magnetic drum A. It is double-sided disk
B. Minicomputers B. It is double density disk
C. Magnetic tape and transistors C. It has double the number of tracks per inch
D. All of the above D. All of the above
Answer: Option A Answer: Option D
41.What is the general name of the 46.Large computer system typically uses:
device which produces hardcopy A. Line printers
graphics? B. Ink-jet printers
A. COM C. Dot-matrix printers
B. Plotter D. Daisy wheel printers
C. Printer Answer: Option A
D. Microfilm
Answer: Option B 47.Can you tell what passes into and out
from the computer via its ports?
42.When a disk stack is serviced by a A. Data B. Bytes
comb-like access mechanism, there is C. Graphics D. Pictures
one read/write head for each Answer: Option B
A. disk
B. disk surface 48.When a disk stack is serviced by a comb-
C. track like access mechanism, there is one
D. cylinder read/write head for each
Answer: Option B A. disk
B. disk surface
43.Which of the following C. track D. cylinder
input/output devices is not associated Answer: Option B
with personal computers?
A. mice 49.In comparison to the internal (main)
B. color monitors memory, tape or disk memory is
C. punched cards A. slower and more expensive
D. dot-matrix printers B. slower and less expensive
E. optical scanners C. faster and more expensive
Answer: Option C D. faster and less expensive
Answer: Option B
44.The heart of any computer is the
A. CPU 50.The ALU of a computer responds to the
B. Memory commands coming from
C. I/O Unit A. primary memory
D. Disks B. control section
Answer: Option A C. external memory
D. cache memory
Answer: Option B
64
51.The heart of any computer is the 56.Impact printers

A. CPU A. strike a ribbon against the paper to produce
B. Memory character images
C. I/O Unit B. include ink-jet and thermal devices
D. Disks C. are more expensive than Laser printers
Answer: Option A D. use optical technology
Answer: Option A
52.Bit map terminal
A. support displays containing multiple 57.Which of the following is not a practical
windows data-processing approach?
B. requires considerable amount of video A. batch-sequential
RAM B. batch-direct
C. requires tremendous amount of C. immediate-sequential
copying and hence low performance D. immediate-direct
Answer: Option D
58.The register which holds the address of
53.A 32 bit microprocessor has the the location to or from which data are to be
word length equal to transferred is known as
A. 2 bytes A. index register
B. 32 bytes B. instruction register
C. 4 bytes C. memory address register
D. 8 bytes D. memory data register
54.In simplex transmission 59.Each model of a computer has a unique

A. Data format is simple A. Assembly language
B. Data transmission is one way B. Machine language
C. Data can be transmitted to small C. High level language
distances only D. All of the above
D. All of the above E. None of the above
55.Transistorized computer circuits

were introduced in the 60.Those microcomputers which have the
A. first generation same operating characteristics as the IBM
B. second generation microcomputers are called IBM
C. thir4 generation A. duplicates
D. fourth generation B. clones
Answer: Option B C. copies
D. look alikes
Answer: Option B
65
61.Communication ports are found on 65.Which is considered a direct entry input

the back of microcomputers. They are device?
used to connect the computer to……. A. Optical scanner
A. printers B. Mouse
B. modems C. Light pen
C. other hardware D. Digitizer
D. All of the above E. All of the above
E. None of the above Answer: Option E
Answer: Option D
66.In a computer system, which device is

62.The first firm to mass-market a functionally opposite of a Key-board?
microcomputer as a personal A. Mouse
computer was B. Trackball
A. IBM C. Printer
B. Sperry Univac D. Joystick
C. Radio Shack E. None of the above
D. Data General Corporation Answer: Option C
Answer: Option C
67.The data appearing first in the left
portion of punched card is
63.Which one of the following is A. descriptive data
termed a combination input-output B. coded data
device? C. quantitative data
A. VDT D. All of the above
B. Keyboard E. None of the above
C. Printer Answer: Option B
D. Laser Jet
Answer: Option A 68.Which of the following is not true of a
magnetic disk?
A. It is expensive relative to magnetic tape
64.The process of writing computer B. It provides only sequential access to stored
instructions in a programming data
language is known as C. Users can easily update records by writing
A. Coding over the old data
B. Processing D. It does not provide an automatic audit trail
C. Programming E. All of the above are true
D. File Answer: Option B
Answer: Option A
66
69.A regular TV set can be hooked up 70.An output device that uses words or
to a computer so as to received messages recorded on a magnetic medium
computer signal instead of a television to produce audio response is
program. This hooking up is achieved A. Magnetic tape
with the help of a B. Voice response unit
A. modem C. Voice recognition unit
B. adapter D. Voice band
C. cable E. None of the above
D. aerial Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B
Composed By
Siaf Rehman Qureshi
03002279416
03069867619
67
CHAPTER # 10
01.A factor which would strongly 06.The most common input device used
influence a businessperson to adopt a today is
computer is its: A. Motherboard B. Track ball
A. Accuracy C. Scanner D. Mouse
B. Reliability E. Keyboard
C. Speed Answer: Option E
D. All of the above
Answer: Option D 07.What is the name of the temporary data
storage area between a peripheral device
02.Which of the following is the fastest? and the CPU which compensates for the
A. CPU difference between their speeds?
B. magnetic tapes and disks A. Backing storage
C. video terminal B. Buffer
D. sensors, mechanical controllers C. Main storage
Answer: Option A D. Temporary storage
Answer: Option B
03.In which year were chips used inside
the computer for the first time? 08.A flat-bed plotter uses a pen which
A. 1964 moves in two directions across a piece of
B. 1975 paper fixed on a flat-bed. Can you tell who
C. 1977 controls the movements of this pen?
D. 1981 A. microfilm
Answer: Option B B. microfiche
C. film card
04.The invention of the slide rule is D. COM
attributed to Answer: Option C
A. Babbage
B. Oughtred 09.The desirable characteristic(s) of a
C. Pascal memory system is (are)
D. Napier A. speed and reliability
Answer: Option B B. low power consumption
C. durability and compactness
05.The control unit of a microprocessor D. All of the above
A. stores data in the memory Answer: Option D
B. accepts input data from a keyboard
C. Performs arithmetic / logic / functions 10.The CPU chip used in a computer is
D. All of the above partially made out of:
E. None of the above A. Copper B. Iron
Answer: Option E C. Gold and silver
D. Silica
Answer: Option D
68
11.What type of magnetic material is 16.The CPU of a computer transfers print

normally used in bubble memories? output to a temporary disk memory at
A. Magnetic core high speed and then gets back to
B. Cobalt processing another job without waiting for
C. Garnet the output to got to the printer. In this way,
D. Metallic the CPU does not remain idle due to its
E. None of the above own high speed as compared to the low
Answer: Option C speed of the printer. What is the name of
this memory?
12.A byte is comprised of: A. External memory
A. One bit B. I/O memory
B. Four bits C. ROM
C. Eight bits D. Buffer memory
D. Sixteen bits Answer: Option D
Answer: Option C 17.Which of the following registers hold
the information before it goes to the
13.Which of the following printer can decoder
be classified as a page-at-a-time A. control register
printer? B. data register
A. Laser printer C. accumulator
B. Dot-matrix printer D. address register
C. Thermal printer Answer: Option B
D. Inkjet printer
E. None of the above 18.A modern electronic computer is a
Answer: Option A machine that is meant for
A. doing quick mathematical calculations
14.Who was the father of Punched Card B. input, storage, manipulation and outputting
Processing? of data
A. J Presper Eckert C. electronic data processing
B. Charles Babbage D. performing repetitive tasks accurately
C. Dr. Herman Hollerith Answer: Option B
D. Blaise Pascal
Answer: Option C 19.A typical modern computer uses
A. LSI chips
15.When did Hewlett-Packard Inc. B. Vacuum tubes
Introduce its first HP-110 laptop C. Valves
computer? D. All the above
A. 1984 Answer: Option A
B. 1986
C. 1990
D. 1995
Answer: Option A
69
20.The computer program language 25. ENIAC (Electronic Numerical Integrator

which is widely used in computer and Calculator) had huge advantage over
science and engineering and also in Mark I because it used electronic valves in
business is place of the electromagnetic switches. In
A. COBOL the beginning, ENIAC was used for
B. FORTRAN calculating the path of artillery shells. For
C. PASCAL which other was weapon design was it
D. LISP utilized?
Answer: Option C A. hydrogen bomb
B. atom bomb
21.A 'number crunching' computer is C. agnimissile
one that can handle D. fighter aircraft
A. large spreadsheets E. None of the above
B. large alphanumeric data Answer: Option A
C. large volume of numbers
D. only numbers 26.The barcode which is used on all types
Answer: Option C of items, is read by a scanning device
directly into the computer. What is the
22.A processing unit that coordinates name of this scanning device?
networks and data communication is A. Laser scanner
known as B. Wand
A. Control unit C. OCR
B. Communications processor D. MICR
C. Register unit Answer: Option A
D. CPU
Answer: Option B 27.Different components on the
motherboard of a PC processor unit are
23.A type of line printer that uses an linked together by sets of parallel
embossed steel band to form the letters electrical conducting lines. What are these
printed on the paper is lines called?
A. Golf ball printer A. Conductors
B. Dot-matrix printer B. Buses
C. Laser printer C. Connectors
D. Band printer D. Connectively
24.Which memory system is not as a 28.The terminal device that functions as a

mass memory medium? cash register, computer terminal, and OCR
A. semiconductor memory reader is the:
B. magnetic tape A. Data collection terminal
C. magnetic disk B. OCR register terminal
D. magnetic drum C. Video display terminal
Answer: Option A D. POS terminal
Answer: Option D
70
29.The general range of speed in 34.When was the X Window System born?
revolutions per minute (rpm) at which A. 1984
floppy disks rotate is B. 1989
A. 2400-4700 C. 1988
B. 390-600 D. 1990
C. 150-250 Answer: Option A
D. 300-600
Answer: Option C 35.A double sided magnetic disk pack has
six disks. Can you tell how many surfaces
30.Which of the following typically uses of this pack are normally used?
a keyboard for input? A. 10
A. desktop terminal B. 12
B. point-of-sale terminal C. 6
C. financial transaction terminal D. 9
D. executive workstation Answer: Option A
E. All of the above
Answer: Option E 36.The Santa Clara Valley, California is
popularly known as Silicon Valley of
31.The first microprocessor built by the America because
Intel Corpn. was called A. huge deposits of silicon are found there
A. 8008 B. many silicon chip manufacturing firms are
B. 8080 located there
C. 4004 C. Santa Claus visits it every Christmas
D. 8800 D. it is full of large grain sand
32.The microelectronics is the 37.Which of the following professions has

technology of not been affected by personal computers?
A. microwaves A. medical
B. microcomputers B. clerical
C. chips C. accounting
D. automatic processing D. law
Answer: Option C E. None of the above
Answer: Option E
33.Who developed the first personal
computer spreadsheet package called 38.What is the name given to the 8-bit unit
Visicalc? used for coding data?
A. Niklaus Wirth A. block of characters
B. Dan Bricklin B. byte
C. Bob Frankston C. word
D. Both (B) and (C) D. KB
71
39.What technology is used for flat

panel displays? 45.The data recording area between the
A. Solid state blank gaps on magnetic tape is called a/
B. RBG monitor an:
C. VLSI A. Record
D. Direct view storage tube B. Block
Answer: Option A C. Field
D. Database
40.What is meant by the term RAM? Answer: Option B
A. Memory which can only be read
B. Memory which can be both read and 46.Personal computers use a number of
written to chips mounted on a main circuit board.
C. Memory which is used for permanent What is the common name for such
storage boards?
D. Memory which can only be written to A. Daughterboard
Answer: Option B B. Motherboard
C. Fatherboard
41.Magnetic tape can serve as : D. Breadboard
A. secondary-storage media Answer: Option B
B. output media
C. input media 47.Which term is not used to describe the
D. All of the above memory component of a computer?
Answer: Option A A. ROM
B. PROM
42.Conversion of hexadecimal number C. RAM
1D7F16 to a decimal number is D. SAM
A. 755110 B. 877110 Answer: Option D
C. 555710 D. 778110
Answer: Option A 48.Who coordinates the sequencing of
events within the central processor of a
43.Microfilm reader is a computer?
A. OCR device A. Logic unit
B. COM device B. Arithmetic unit
C. MICR device C. Register
D. None of the above D. Control unit
Answer: Option B Answer: Option D
44.In magnetic disks, data is organized 49.What type of computer programming is

on the platter in a concentric sets of used for airplane ticket reservation
rings called system?
A. sector A. Multi programming
B. track B. Real time programming
C. head C. Time sharing
D. block D. Batch programming
72
50.The output of a 2 input OR gate is 0 55.The term gigabyte refers to

only when its A. 1024 bytes
A. both inputs are 0 B. 1024 kilobytes
B. either input is 1 C. 1024 megabytes
C. both inputs are 1 D. 1024 gigabytes
D. either input is 0 Answer: Option C
Answer: Option A
56.The CPU chip used in a computer is
51.A high quality CAD system uses the partially made out of
following for printing drawing and A. silica
graphs B. carbon
A. Dot matrix printer C. copper
B. Digital plotter D. gold
C. Line printer E. silver
D. All of the above Answer: Option A
Answer: Option B
57.Which of the following best describes a
52.A printed document reader which computer-based information system?
scans the characters and then encodes A. A system in which a computer is used to
them in a computer-compatible code turn data into information
for direct transmission to the computer B. Inputting data
is called C. Processing data
A. Optical character reader D. Performing complex mathematical
B. Kurzweil Data Entry Machine (KDEM) calculations
C. MICR E. Data is put into the computer for
D. Laser scanner processing
53.The equipment with which the 58.Accessing records from a file directly
computer talks to its users is called a without searching from the beginning of
A. word processor B. peripheral the file is
C. software D. diskette A. Time sharing
Answer: Option B B. Random
C. Direct access
54.In which addressing mode, the D. Access time
effective address of the operand is Answer: Option C
generated by adding a constant value to
the contents of a register? 59.EBCDIC can code up to how many
A. Absolute mode different characters?
B. Indirect mode A. 8 B. 16
C. Immediate mode C. 32 D. 64
D. Index mode E. 256
Answer: Option D Answer: Option E
73
60.When did IBM close the last of its 65.In a punched card system, data is
punched card manufacturing plant? processed by a
A. June, 1989 A. keypunch machine, sorter, and posting
B. December, 1984 machine
C. March, 1982 B. accounting machine, posting machine, and
D. November, 1979 billing machine
Answer: Option B C. sorter, posting machine, and billing
machine
61.The monitor of a computer is D. accounting machine, keypunch machine,
connected to it by a and sorter
A. Wire Answer: Option D
B. Cable
C. Bus 66.A single bus structure is primarily
D. Line driver found in
E. Modem A. Main frames
Answer: Option B B. Super computers
C. High performance machines
62.What is the highest address possible D. Mini-and micro-computers
if 16 bits are used for each address? Answer: Option D
A. 65536
B. 12868 67.Which of the following bus types are
C. 16556 used by the Apple Macintosh computer?
D. 643897 A. ISA
E. None of the above B. NuBus
Answer: Option A C. EISA
D. MCA
63.An integrated circuit is E. PCI Bus
A. a complicated circuit Answer: Option B
B. an integrating device
C. much costlier than a single transistor 68.When the time to establish link is large
D. fabricated on a tiny silicon chip and the size of data is small, the preferred
Answer: Option D mode of data transfer is
A. Circuit switching
Which of the following memories B. Packet switching
contains a thin film of magnetic C. Time division multiplexing
material sandwitched between two D. All of the above
permanent bias magnets? E. None of the above
A. ROM Answer: Option B
B. Magnetic disk
C. Core memory
D. Bubble memory
Answer: Option C
74
69.A computer-controlled device for 70.Group of instructions that directs a

training exercises that duplicates the computer is called
work environment is a: A. Storage
A. simulator B. Memory
B. duplicator C. Logic
C. trainer D. Program
D. COM device E. None of the above
Answer: Option A
CHAPTER # 11
01.Which of the following is not an 04.Which of the following terms could be
output device of a computer? used to describe the concurrent processing
A. Printer of computer programs, via CRTs, on one
B. keyboard computer system?
C. VDU A. Time-sharing
D. CRT screen B. Online processing
Answer: Option B C. Interactive processing
D. All the above processing
02.A large number of computers in a Answer: Option D
wide geographical area can be
efficiently connected using 05.What is the name given to the
A. Twisted pair lines specialized storage element in the
B. Coaxial cables processor unit of a computer which is used
C. Communications satellites as a "scratch pad" during processing
D. All of the above operations?
Answer: Option C A. storage register
B. primary memory
03.Which of the following statements is C. cache memory
true? D. accumulator
A. Analysts usually work alone and Answer: Option C
sometimes as part of a team
B. Most systems projects are completed in 06Ethernet uses
6 to 12 weeks A. Bus topology
C. An analyst's primary concern is the B. Ring topology
development of software C. Star topology
D. Analysts evaluate data flow through an D. Tree topology
organization Answer: Option A
Answer: Option D
75
07.Which of the following is not an 12.An advantage of blocking a tape is that

advantage of magnetic disk storage? A. additional processing time is consumed
A. The access time of magnetic disk is B. the direct file method can be emulated
much less than that of magnetic tape C. tapes contain less data and longer tapes
B. Disk storage is longer lasting than D. less tape is used to store the same amount
magnetic tape of data
C. Disk storage is less expensive than tape E. None of the above
storage Answer: Option D
D. All of the above
E. None of the above 13.What is the byte capacity of a drum
Answer: Option E which is 5 inch high, 10 inch diameter, and
which has 60 tracks per inch and bit
08.Perforated paper used as input or density of 800 bits per inch?
output media is known as A. 942000 bytes
A. Paper tape B. 9712478 bytes
B. Magnetic tape C. 192300 bytes
C. Punched paper tape D. 14384 bytes
D. Card punch E. None of the above
09.What is the latest write-once optical 14.The data processing job expected to
storage media? further decrease in the 1996s is that of:
A. Digital paper A. Keypuncher
B. Magneto-optical disk B. Data entry clerk
C. WORM disk C. Computer operator
D. CD-ROM disk D. Programmer
Answer: Option A
10.A computer has no more sense than
a light 15.The first large scale electronic
A. bulb computer which became operational in
B. pen 1946 and contained approximately 18000
C. switch vacuum tubes and could perform 300
D. pad multiplications per second was known as
Answer: Option C A. ILLIAC
B. ENIAC
11.A computer program that converts C. JOHNIAC
an entire program into machine D. EDSAC
language at one time is called a/an E. None of the above
A. interpreter Answer: Option B
B. simulator
C. compiler
D. commander
Answer: Option C
76
16.A logic gate is an electronic circuit 20.Identity the advantages that Micro
which Channel Architecture offers over ISA.
A. makes logic decisions A. Automatic System Configuration
B. allows electron flow only in one B. Less Interference
direction C. Multiple device handling (the system allows
C. works on binary algebra expansion boards to take complete of the bus
D. alternates between 0 and 1 values for certain operations)
Answer: Option A D. Greater data transfer rates
E. All of the above
17.A small square or rectangular piece Answer: Option E
of silica on which several layers of an
integrated circuit are etched or 21.Computer scientists are exploring the
imprinted is called possibility of culturing bacteria to create
A. VLSI living chips which have digital electronic
B. micro properties. What are these chips called?
C. wafer A. bacterial chips
D. chip B. biochips
Answer: Option D C. natural chips
D. neural chips
18.The processing capability of a Answer: Option B
microcomputer can be enhanced with
the help of 22.What is the name of the storage device
A. addition processor which is used to compensate for the
B. expansion cards difference in rates of flow of data from
C. secondary memory once device to another?
D. buffer memory A. Cache
Answer: Option B B. Concentrator
C. Buffer
19.Where are silicon chips D. I/O device
manufactured in India? Answer: Option C
A. Chandigarh
B. Punjab 23.In latest generation computers, the
C. UP instructions are executed
D. Tamil Nadu A. Parallely only
E. None of the above B. Sequentially only
Answer: Option A C. Both sequentially an parallely
D. All of the above
20.A computer programmer Answer: Option C
A. does all the thinking for a computer
B. can enter input data quickly 24.The 0 and 1 in the binary numbering
C. can operate all types of computer system are called binary digits or……..
equipment A. bytes B. kilobytes
D. can draw only flowchart C. decimal bytes D. bits
Answer: Option A E. nibbles
Answer: Option D
77
25.The first machine to successfully 30.Program execution time would be

perform a long series of arithmetic and minimum if the programs are written in
logical operations was: A. Machine Language
A. ENIAC B. Assembly language
B. Mark I C. High level language
C. Analytic engine D. All of the above
D. UNIVAC-I E. None of the above
26.Which is used for manufacturing 31."The three most important inventions

chips? of this century are the nuclear bomb, the
A. Bus high yield hybrid speed, and the
B. Control unit computer". Can you name the person who
C. Semiconductors made this statement?
D. (A) and (B) only A. Harry R Jordan
Answer: Option C B. Buckminster Fuller
C. Jack Smith
27.Floppy disks which are made from D. Jan Timmer
flexible plastic material are also called? Answer: Option B
A. hard disks
B. high-density disks 32.A menu-driven operating system is one
C. diskettes which allows you to pick up from the menu
D. templates of choices it displays on the screen. What is
Answer: Option C the name given to the images which are
used in such image oriented menus?
28.Which of the following tasks is not A. Icon
suited for sequential processing by a B. Figure
computer? C. Symbol
A. Preparing of mailing labels D. option
B. Processing payroll cheques Answer: Option A
C. Accounting for credit card purchases
D. Inventory control 33.What is the name of the earliest
Answer: Option D calculating machine which was based on
concepts found in modern computers but
29.Which of the following is was unfortunately never built?
responsible for coordinating various A. Babbage's Difference Engine
operations using timing signals? B. Pascal's Adder
A. Arithmetic-logic Unit C. Leibnitz's Multiplier
B. Control unit D. Differential Analyser
C. Memory unit E. None of the above
D. Input/ Output unit Answer: Option A
Answer: Option B
78
34.All calculations are performed and 40.The most commonly used standard data
all comparisons are made in……. unit. code to represent alphabetical, numerical
A. control unit and punctuation characters used in
B. arithmetic-logic unit Electronic Data Processing system is called
C. central processing unit A. ASCII
D. primary storage unit B. EBCDII
Answer: Option B C. BCD
D. All of the above
35.Who built the world's first Answer: Option A
electronic calculator using telephone
relays, light bulbs and batteries? 41.The terminal device often used in
A. Claude Shannon checking charge cards that offers both a
B. Konard Zuse limited keyboard input and visual output
C. George Stibitz is the:
D. Howard H. Aliken A. Intelligent terminal
Answer: Option C B. POS terminal
C. Video display terminal
36.Hard disks and diskettes are: D. Audio response unit
A. Direct access storage devices Answer: Option C
B. Sequential access storage devices
C. Rarely used with microcomputers 42.The computer translates the condition
D. Both (A) and (C) of each switch to a number. What number
Answer: Option A is represented by the OFF state?
A. -7 B. -3.75
37.In digital data transmission C. 1 D. 0
A. Baud rate in equal to bit rate E. -22
B. Baud rate is always smaller than the bit Answer: Option D
rate
C. Baud rate is always higher than the bit rate 43.Which of the following is not one of the
D. None of the above three primary functions that on-line
Answer: Option D direct-access systems can serve?
A. inquiry
38.How many bits can be stored in the B. backup
8K RAM? C. update
A. 8000 D. programming
B. 8192 Answer: Option B
C. 4000
D. 4096 44.A code which uses more bits for each
Answer: Option B character then what is necessary is known
as
39.Point out the odd item amongst the A. Hollerith code
following B. Gray code
A. Computer mouse B. Touchpad C. Redundant code
C. Light pen D. Printer D. Mnemonics
79
45.Access time in a computer memory 51.In negative logic, the logic state 1
is the time required to corresponds to
A. Locate the stored data A. negative voltage
B. Retrieve the stored data B. zero voltage
C. Both locate and retrieve the data C. more negative voltage
D. All of the above D. lower voltage level
Answer: Option C Answer: Option D
46.Which of the following is a part of 52.The least expensive OCR units can read
the Central Processing Unit? A. hand printed numbers
A. Printer B. Keyboard B. machine printed numbers
C. Mouse D. Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU) C. marks
Answer: Option D D. handwriting
Answer: Option C
47.The input unit of a computer
A. feeds data to the CPU or memory 53.File specification books are created
B. retrieves data from CPU primarily for the use of
C. directs all other units A. systems analysts
D. All of the above B. programmers
Answer: Option A C. operators
D. managers
48.The attribution of human form or Answer: Option B
qualities to things such as machines or
computers is called 54.Which of the following is used as
A. cybernetics storage locations both in the ALU and the
B. cybernation control section of a computer?
C. artificial intelligence A. accumulator
D. anthropomorphism B. register
Answer: Option D C. adder
D. decoder
49.The technique designed to support Answer: Option B
the effective access of micro-filmed
data is: 55.Which of the following persons
A. Microfiche retrieval B. COM probably has the least amount of technical
C. Micrographics knowledge?
D. All the above A. User
Answer: Option C B. Computer Operator
C. System Analyst
50.What is the name of the computer D. Programmer
terminal which gives paper printout? E. Computer professional
A. Display screen Answer: Option A
B. Soft copy terminal
C. Hard copy terminal
D. Plotter
Answer: Option C
80
56.The primary advantage of key-to- 61.An advantage of overlapped processing

tape data-entry systems is: activities is:
A. A large percentage of editing can be A. more effective use of the CPU
performed at the time of data entry B. increased processing activities for the
B. Key verification is easily performed entire system
C. The tape is reusable C. better coordination of I/O activities
D. Keying errors can be detected as they D. all the above
occur Answer: Option D
Answer: Option C
62.If the processor of a computer does not
57.Primary storage is………as compared have a direct and unassisted access to data
to secondary storage. items, these items are said to be
A. Slow and inexpensive A. offline
B. Fast and inexpensive B. remote
C. Fast and expensive C. disconnected
D. Slow and expensive D. detached
58.In the IBM PC-AT, what do the words 63.A microprocessor integrates the
AT stand for? arithmetic logic and control circuitry of a
A. Additional terminals computer into one chip. The first
B. Advance technology microprocessor was built by a group of
C. Applied technology engineers at the Intel Corpn. Can you tell
D. Advanced terminology who headed this group?
Answer: Option B A. Victor Poor
B. Stan Mazor
59.The punched card used in the IBM C. Marcian E. (Ted) Hoff
System/3 contains D. Seymour Cray
A. 80 columns Answer: Option C
B. 120 columns
C. 96 columns 64.Which of the following is associated
D. 126 columns with networks?
Answer: Option C A. Download, node
B. Star topology
60.Which was the first computer to use C. Point-to-Point
transistors instead of vacuum tubes? D. Both (A) and (B)
A. Intel-650 Answer: Option D
B. Burroughs E-101
C. Datamatic-1000 65.A CPU's processing power is measured
D. IBM-1401 in:
E. None of the above A. IPS
Answer: Option D B. CIPS
C. MIPS
D. nano-seconds
Answer: Option C
81
66.The binary equivalent of the 68.Which of the following is non-impact

Hexadecimal number 7BD is printer?
A. 11110111101 A. Drum printer
B. 1.1101E+11 B. Line printer
C. 1.0111E+11 C. Chain printer
D. All of the above D. Laser printer
67.In which year was the PC voted 'The 69.When used with I/O devices, the term
Machine of the Year's by the American intelligent implies
Time magazine? A. a color output capability
A. 1970 B. speech processing capability
B. 1975 C. high speed printing capability
C. 1983 D. feature to support offline and online tasks
Answer: Option C
Composed By:
Saif Rahman Qureshi
03002279416
03069867619
82
CHAPTER # 12
01A prefix for billion which is equal to 06.The operation of a digital computer is
_____ is called as billi. based on _____ principle.
A. 100 A. counting
B. 10000 B. measuring
C. 1000 C. electronic
D. 10 D. logical
02.Which of the following Indian 07.Which of the following is not a sequence

companies designs and manufactures storage device?
supercomputers? A. Magnetic disk
A. C-DOT B. Magnetic tape
B. C-DAC C. Paper tape
C. CMC D. All of the above
Answer: Option B
08.The computers that we use are digital
04.Which of the following memories whereas we live in an analog world which
needs refresh? means that we have to translate analog data
A. SRAM into digital data. What is the name of the
B. DRAM circuit which helps us in this conversion?
C. ROM A. D/A converter
D. All of the above B. A/D converter
E. None of the above C. Voice recognition
Answer: Option B D. Adapter
05.What is the name of the memory Answer: Option B
card which is conceptually related to
the smart card but is similar to the
video disk? 09.Which of the following statements best
A. Laser card describes the batch method of input?
B. Master card A. Data is processed as soon as it is input
C. Visa B. Data is input at the time it is collected
D. Optical card C. Data is collected in the form of source
E. None of the above documents, placed into groups, and then input
Answer: Option A to the computer
D. Source documents aren't used
Answer: Option C
83
15.In 1830, Charles Babbage disigned a

10.Which of the following is used to machine called the Analytical Engine which
check for errors in RAM chips? he showed at the Paris Exhibition. In which
A. ROM chip year was it exhibited?
B. Microprocessor chip A. 1820
C. Parity chip B. 1860
D. EPROM chip C. 1855
E. None of the above D. 1870
Answer: Option C
11.Which of the following is not an
alternative name for primary 16.Which of the following isn't used in the
memory? storage phase of a computer-based
A. Main memory information system?
B. Primary storage A. Magnetic
C. Internal storage B. Keyboard
D. Mass storage C. Diskette
E. None of the above D. Hard disk
Answer: Option B
12.The first movie with terrific
computer animation and graphics was 17.While buying a PC system, you should
released in 1982. What was its name? first
A. Star Wars A. shop for application programs
B. Tron B. identify your hardware components
C. Forbidden Planet C. define your computing needs
D. Dark Star D. call for tenders
13.Which of the following is true? 18.An AND gate

A. Fields are composed of bytes A. implements logic addition
B. Files are composed of records B. is equivalent to a series switching circuit
C. Fields are composed of characters C. is an any-or all gate
D. Records are composed of fields D. is equivalent to a parallel switching circuit
E. All of the above E. None of the above
Answer: Option E Answer: Option B
14.CD-ROM is a 19.A modern digital computer has

A. Semiconductor memory A. extremely high speed
B. Memory register B. large memory
C. Magnetic memory C. almost unlimited accuracy
Answer: Option E Answer: Option D
84
20.The disk concept for reducing time 24.What is meant by computer literacy?
lost from rotational delay is: A. Knowing what a computer can and cannot
A. fixed block addressing do
B. cylinder, track, sector data B. Ability to write computer programs
C. staggered addressing C. Knowing computer related vocabulary
D. graduated block identification D. Ability to assemble computers
21.Pick out the wrong statement. 25.Data System management has long-term
A. Information stored in RAM can be viability as a separate business function
changed by over writing it because
B. Information stored in ROM cannot be A. It requires much technical knowledge
changed by overwriting B. It requires large investments
C. Information can be stored in any C. Specialists in data systems cannot be
location of RAM integrated into a marketing or manufacturing
D. Computer main memory can be organization
accessed only sequentially D. An integrated database accessible to all
E. None of the above requires independent management
Answer: Option D
22.Everything computer does is
controlled by its 26.Which of the following is a non-impact
A. RAM printer?
B. ROM A. Daisy wheel printer
C. CPU B. Drum printer
D. Storage devices C. Laser printer
Answer: Option C
23.Which of the following is usually a
special one-time operation that must 27.In virtual storage, program segments
be completed over a limited time stored on disk during processing are called:
period? A. tracks
A. Batch B. blocks
B. Patch C. pages
C. Project D. sectors
D. Word E. None of the above
Answer: Option C
85
28.The microprocessor of a computer 33.A device or system not directly

cannot operate on any information if connected to the CPU is
that information is not in its. A. On-line
A. secondary storage B. Keyboard
B. main storage C. Memory
C. ALU D. Off-line
D. logic unit Answer: Option D
Answer: Option B 34.A device which converts human
readable data into machine language is
29.What digits are representative of A. Card reader
all binary numbers? B. Card punch
A. 0 C. Punched paper tape
B. 1 D. Character reader
C. Both A and B Answer: Option D
D. 3
E. None of the above 35.Design qualifications do not normally
Answer: Option C include
A. Output requirements
30.The language that the computer can B. Input and storage requirements
understand and execute is called C. Control provisions
A. Machine language D. Blueprints
B. Application software Answer: Option D
C. System program
D. All of the above 36.Which of the following is form of semi
E. None of the above conductor memory in which it is possible to
Answer: Option A change the contents of selected memory
locations by applying suitable electrical
31.What does that acronym EGA stand signals.
for? A. CAM
A. Enhanced Graphics Array B. ROM
B. Extended Graphics Array C. EAROM
C. Monochrome Graphics Adapter D. ANACUS
D. Enhanced Graphics Adapter Answer: Option C
E. Extended Graphics Adapter
Answer: Option A 37.The basic components of a modern
digital computer are :
32.A disk with usable recording A. Input device
surfaces on each side is known as B. Output device
A. Hard disk C. Central processor
B. Single-sided disk D. All of the above
C. Double-sided disk Answer: Option D
D. High capacity
Answer: Option C
86
38.What is a portion of memory that 43.A beam of light used to record and
serves as a temporary repository for retrieve data on optical disks is known as
data as it waits for a given action? A. polarized light
A. Memory Pool B. unpolarized concentric light
B. Cache C. laser
C. Processor D. coloured light
D. Processor pool E. None of the above
E. Bank Answer: Option C
Answer: Option B
44.Punched-card equipment was first
39.In serial, asynchronous introduced in Britain in 1904 by a small
transmissions, the ____ bit is used to company. What was the name of that
signal the end of the character within company?
the data frame. A. The Tabulator Ltd.
A. start B. Tabulator Machine Company
B. stop C. International Business Machines (IBM)
C. parity D. Accounting & Tabulating Corpn. of Great
D. data Britain
40.Which is the acronym for Algol 45.The computer translates the condition
extended for design. of each switch to a number. What number is
A. AFIPS represented by the ON state?
B. ADP A. +7 B. 3.75
C. AED C. 1 D. 0
D. CAI E. 22
41.Which of the following are often 46.An input device that converts data
used to ensure that data has been punched into paper lape into a binary
accurately input to the computer? format is
A. digitizers A. Page reader
B. light pens B. Paper tape punch
C. keyboards C. Paper tape reader
D. input controls D. Card punch
42.Regarding a VDU, which statement 47.A computer will function only if it

is more correct? A. has a control unit
A. It is an output device B. is given input data
B. It is an input device C. has a program in its memory
C. It is a peripheral device D. has software package
D. It is a hardware item Answer: Option C
Answer: Option C
87
48.Plotter accuracy is measured in 53.A memory in which the information is

terms of repeatability and stored last is on top & is retrieved first is
A. buffer size known as
B. resolution A. PROM
C. vertical dimension B. Buffer
D. intelligence C. Stack
E. None of the above D. RAM
Answer: Option C
49.What is the name of the chip which
has more than once processor on it? 54.Which of the following is a set of general
A. Parallel chip purpose internal registers?
B. Multi-processor chip A. stack
C. Transputer B. scratch pad
D. Parallel processor C. accumulator
E. None of the above D. status register
Answer: Option B
50.To produce high-quality graphics
(hardcopy) in color, you would want to 55.A family of polynomial block codes
use a(n) designed to correct burst errors is known
A. RGB monitor as
B. plotter A. Bar codes
C. ink-jet printer B. Gray codes
D. laser printer C. Fire codes
E. All of the above D. mnemonics codes
51.The computer code for the 56.Which of the following is required when
interchange of information between more than one person uses a central
terminals is computer at the same time?
A. ASCII A. terminal
B. BCD B. light pen
C. EBCDIC C. digitizer
D. All of the above D. mouse
52.Which is not necessary when using 57.Which of the following terms describe
bar codes in supermarkets? 1024 kilobytes?
A. Point-of sale (POS) terminal A. Kilobyte
B. Check digit on the bar code B. Megabyte
C. Price on the shelf C. Gigabyte
D. Price on the goods D. Terabyte
88
58.The minimum time delay required 63.The flow and timing to data to and from
between the initiation of two the microprocessor is regulated by
successive memory operations is A. control pins
known as B. address pins
A. memory cycle time C. data pins
B. memory access time D. power pins
C. transmission time Answer: Option A
D. waiting time
Answer: Option A 64.The total number of messages handled
by a computerized telephone system on a
59.An internal storage consisting of daily basis is an example of:
arrays of small rings of magnetic A. Frequency
material called ferrite is B. Updating
A. Magnetic tape C. Volume
B. Magnetic core D. All of the above
C. Magnetic disk Answer: Option C
D. Optical mark reader
Answer: Option B 65.Which of the following processor is
software that accepts user ideas,
60.In the language of the computer manipulates and reorganises them in user-
profession, one thousand position of specified ways and then produces a refined
main storage is represented with the model of those thoughts.
letter A. Distribute
A. K B. Out-line
B. L C. Multi
C. M D. On-line
D. C Answer: Option B
Answer: Option A
66.The word 'Computer' usually refers to
61.The control of the jobs running the Central Processor Unit plus
within a system is A. External memory
A. Job monitoring B. Internal memory
B. Job stream C. Input devices
C. Job min D. Output devices
D. Job step Answer: Option B
Answer: Option A
67.Communication using a modulated
62.'ITS' stands for carrier to apply a data signal to a
A. Intelligent Teaching Systems transmission medium in analog form is
B. International Tutoring Systems A. Local area network
C. Intelligent Tutoring Systems B. Modem
D. All of the above C. Base band networking
Answer: Option C D. Broad band networking
Answer: Option D
89
70.The most popular language for

68.An error in computer data is called interactive use is
A. Chip A. COBOL
B. Bug B. PASCAL
C. CPU C. BASIC
D. Storage devices D. FORTRAN
69.Any piece of equipment forming an 71.In which of the following, each data item
interface to a data communication contains at most 2 points
system is A. List structure
A. DTE B. LISP
B. DTA C. List sorting
C. CSA D. List head
D. DCA Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B
Composed By:
Saif Rahman Qureshi
03002279416
03069867619
90
CHAPTER # 13
01.An input/output device at which
data enters or leaves a computer 06.The input and output devices are located
system is away from the central computer facility in
A. Keyboard which particular type of processing.
B. Terminal A. Time sharing
C. Printer B. Batch processing
D. Plotter C. Interactive mode
Answer: Option B D. Real time processing
Answer: Option B
02.The fastest type of memory from
the following list is 07.Which is a swapping device is used to
A. tape hold the images of pages in main memory.
B. semiconductor memory A. Plex
C. disk B. Paging drum
D. bubble memory C. Card punch
Answer: Option B D. Optical mark reader
Answer: Option B
03.Which of the following is a
secondary memory device? 08.A section of code that may only be
A. Keyboard executed by one process at any one time is
B. Disk A. CPM
C. ALU B. Critical resource
D. All of the above C. Critical region
Answer: Option B D. Gray code
Answer: Option C
04.The register which keeps track of
the execution of a program and which 09.The latest PC keyboards use a circuit
contains the memory address of the that senses the movement by the change in
instruction currently being executed is its capacitance. What are these keyboards
known as called?
A. Index register A. Capacitance keyboards
B. Memory address register B. Mechanical keyboards
C. Program counter C. Qwerty keyboards
D. Instruction register D. Dvorak keyboards
05.Which memory is nonvolatile and 10.A step-by-step procedure used to solve a

may be written only once? problem is called
A. RAM A. Operating system
B. EE-ROM B. Algorithm
C. RAM C. Application program
D. PROM D. All of the above
91
11.A random-access data storage 16.What is the alternative name for a

device which gives rapid access to data diskette?
is A. Floppy disk
A. Magnetic tape B. Hard disk
B. Punched card C. Flexible disk
C. Disk storage unit D. Winchester disk
D. Buffer Answer: Option A
Answer: Option C
17.Conversion of a hexadecimal number
12.A card on the top of pack of cards 4E16 to binary number is
containing information about the A. 10011012
cards in the pack is B. 10011102
A. Punched card C. 11011002
B. Card punch D. 1101112
C. Reader card Answer: Option B
D. Punched paper tape
Answer: Option C 18.A device that transmits messages in
verbal form is
13.Which term is used to describe A. Audit trail
RAM? B. Card punch
A. Dynamic RAM (DRAM) C. Audio response unit
B. Static RAM (SRAM) D. Magnetic tape
C. Video RAM (VRAM) Answer: Option C
D. All of the above
Answer: Option D 19.A standard tape recorder used to save or
load computer information is known as
14.A type of core store that has a lower A. Magnetic tape
access time than the devices used for B. Cassette drive
working store in the same processor is C. Punched paper tape
known as D. Card punch
A. core memory Answer: Option B
B. buffer
C. fast core 20.Which of the following functional
D. address register components of a computer is responsible
Answer: Option C for the transient or temporary storage used
by the CPU?
15.The output quality of a printer is A. Input
measured by B. Output
A. Dots per inch C. CPU
B. Dots per line D. Memory
C. Dots printed per unit time E. Storage
Answer: Option A
92
21.Which method is of reading the

characters & providing input to a 26.A device that converts one type of signal
computer. into another is called
A. Optical character reader A. Modem
B. Punched paper tape B. Transducer
C. Card punch C. Punched paper tape
D. Magnetic ink character D. Punched card
22.Which facilitates data processing 27.The memory which is programmed at

capabilities at the location of the end- the time it is manufactured
user. A. ROM
A. DTP B. RAM
B. EDT C. PROM
C. DDP D. EPROM
D. FAX Answer: Option A
Answer: Option C
28.When was the world's first laptop
23.Example of non-numerical data is computer introduced in the market and by
A. Employee address whom?
B. Examination score A. Hewlett-Packard, 1980
C. Bank balance B. Epson, 1981
D. All of the above C. Laplink Travelling Software Inc, 1982.
Answer: Option A D. Tandy Model-200, 1985
Answer: Option B
24.A device that both transmits and
receives data, is 29.Which selection below best describes
A. Transducer the term data processing?
B. Trapdoor A. The collection of information or data
C. Translator B. The distribution of information or data
D. Transceiver C. The manipulation of information or data
Answer: Option D D. The storage of information or data
Answer: Option C
25.An automatic machine that
performs routine seemingly human 30.IBM 7000 digital computer
tasks is A. belongs to second generation
A. KIPS B. uses VLSI
B. AI C. employs semi conductor memory
C. PL D. has modular construction
D. Robot E. None of the above
Answer: Option D Answer: Option D
93
31.The personnel which deal with the 35.The IC was invented at Texas
computer and its management put instruments in year 1958 by
together is known as A. Jack Kilby
A. Firm ware B. Clive Sinclair
B. Human ware C. John Napier
C. Software D. Steve Wozniak
D. Hardware E. Herman Hollerith
Answer: Option B
36.The unit of hardware an operator uses
32.A path linking 2 hardware or to monitor computer processing is the:
telecommunication units down which A. Card reader
data and control signals can be B. CPU
transmitted is C. Line printer
A. Modulation D. Console
B. Demodulation E. None of the above
C. Channel Answer: Option D
D. Signalling
E. None of the above 37.A framework in which circuit boards can
Answer: Option C he mounted is
A. Switch circuit
33.What is the minimum number of B. Chip
operations required, for a C. Card cage
microprocessor with 8 data pins, to D. Bar code
read a 32-bit word? E. None of the above
A. 1 Answer: Option C
B. 2
C. 4 38.The main purpose of the off line device
D. 8 is
E. None of the above A. To reduce the no.of operator errors in
Answer: Option C recording data
B. To save computer time
34.The accuracy of the floating point C. To save floor space in the computer centre
numbers representable in two 16 bit D. All of the above
words of a computer is approximately Answer: Option B
A. 16 digits
B. 6 digits 39.Which of the following is a special
C. 4 digits purpose language used to describe to a
D. All of the above computer's operating system.
E. None of the above A. LOGO
Answer: Option B B. APL
C. ICL
D. CORAL
Answer: Option C
94
45.How many addresses are required for 25

40.Which of the following languages is x 40 video RAM?
the most widely used? A. 2000
A. PL/1 B. 1920
B. BASIC C. 1000
C. FORTRAN D. 2000
D. PASCAL E. None of the above
41.Conversion of binary number 46.Which of the following isn't a type of

1011102 to octal is computer facility?
A. 358 A. decentralized
B. 468 B. centralized
C. 568 C. de-distributed
D. 508 D. distributed
42.A symbol that modifies an action is 47.Which protocol has been standardised
known as by the International Standards
A. Compiler Organisation.
B. Modifier A. ISAM
C. Interpreter B. ISO
D. Mod C. LISP
E. None of the above D. CALL
Answer: Option B
43.The first computer used to store a
program 48.Which of the following is the largest and
A. EDSAC most powerful computer manufacture in
B. ENIAC the world
C. EDVAC A. IBM
D. ACE B. Intel
E. None of the above C. Novel
Answer: Option A D. Microsoft
Answer: Option A
44.RAM is also known as
A. Read-only memory 49.Which 8-bit chip was used in many of
B. Programmable read-only memory Tandy's TRS-80 computers?
C. Read/Write memory A. Z-8000
D. Erasable programmable read-only B. Motorola 6809
memory C. Z-8088
E. None of the above D. Z-80
95
54.Which of the following statements is

50.Hardware _____ memory is seldom false?
used in modern computers. A. Secondary storage is nonvolatile
A. ROM B. Primary storage is volatile
B. RAM C. Secondary storage contains data for
C. LIFO immediate processing
D. PROM D. When the computer is turned off, data and
E. None of the above instructions stored in primary storage are
Answer: Option C erased
E. All of the above
51.Which language was created by Answer: Option C
Charles H. Moore at National Radio
Astronomy Observatory. 55.Which language was created by Charles
A. BASIC H. Moore at National Radio Astronomy
B. FORTH Observatory.
C. dBASE A. BASIC
D. COBOL B. FORTH
E. None of the above C. dBASE
Answer: Option B D. COBOL
Answer: Option B
52.Which gate only sends one through
if neither of its terminals receives a 56.Which is a basic technique, using activity
pulse. networks.
A. NOT A. CPA
B. NOR B. VLSI
C. OR C. GIGO
D. NAND D. MSI
Answer: Option B
57.The 7-bit ASCII code widely used
A. For data communication work
53.A large computer designed to B. In IBM mainframe models
handle complex scientific calculations C. For coding external memory
A. may use only a firmed word-length D. In large machines produced by non-IBM
storage approach vendors
B. will likely require a character Answer: Option A
addressable storage unit
C. must use fixed length words of four 58.A technique for processing jobs on a
character each first-come, first-served basis is known as
D. will not use numbered address A. FAX
locations B. FIFO
E. None of the above C. GIGO cable
Answer: Option A D. Optical mark reader
Answer: Option B
96
59.The physical components of a 64.A device mounted on a communication

computer system is satellite which receives, amplifies and re-
A. Human ware transmits signals from earth station is
B. Firm ware A. Track
C. Hardware B. Transponder
D. Software C. Transistor
Answer: Option C D. Terminal
Answer: Option B
60.A device used to bring information
into a computer is 65.Which of the following languages is often
A. ALU translated to pseudo code?
B. Input device A. Assembly
C. Control unit B. FORTRAN
D. Output device C. PASCAL
Answer: Option B D. BASIC
Answer: Option C
61.Magnetic tape can serve as
A. Input media 66.What type of memory is not directly
B. Output media addressable by the CPU and requires
C. Secondary storage media special software called EMS (expanded
D. All of the above memory specification)?
Answer: Option D A. Extended
B. Expanded
62.The first mechanical calculator was C. Base
invented in D. Conventional
A. 1958 E. Basic system
B. 1642 Answer: Option B
C. 1658
D. 1972
Answer: Option B 67.Which is the first compiler-level
language developed by a team of IBM
63.Programmed instructions to the programmers led by John Backus and
computer is known as unveiled in 1957?
A. Data A. BASIC
B. Code B. PL/1
C. Documentation C. FORTRAN
D. Database D. APL
Composed By: Saif Rehman Qureshi

03002279416
97
CHAPTER # 14
01.Which of the following is also 06.Which of the following is true
known as SOROBAN concerning personal computers?
A. ENIAC A. They decrease the demand for mainframe
B. Abacus computers
C. EDSAC B. They have been most successful in the home
D. UNIVAC C. The electronic spreadsheet has been a
E. None of the above primary reason for their popularity
Answer: Option B D. Their future is not so bright owning to the
improved cost-performance ratio of minis and
02.A repository for data, usually mainframes
covering specific topic is E. None of the above
A. Database Answer: Option C
B. Data requisition
C. Databank 07.Which of the following is true
D. Data collection concerning personal computers?
E. None of the above A. They decrease the demand for mainframe
Answer: Option C computers
B. They have been most successful in the home
03.The disadvantage of dynamic RAM C. The electronic spreadsheet has been a
over static RAM is primary reason for their popularity
A. higher power consumption D. Their future is not so bright owning to the
B. variable speed improved cost-performance ratio of minis and
C. need to refresh the capacitor charge mainframes
every once in two milliseconds Answer: Option C
D. higher bit density
Answer: Option C 08.A memory that is capable of determining
whether a given datum is contained in one
04.The smallest logical data entity is of its addresses is
called a data item or data A. ROM
A. Base B. PROM
B. Field C. CAM
C. Bank D. RAM
D. Collection Answer: Option C
Answer: Option B
09.The earliest device that qualifies as a
05.Conversion of a hexadecimal digital computer is
number 3D16 to binary number is A. EDSAC
A. 1111012 B. Abacus
B. 1100112 C. ENIAC
C. 110001102 D. EDVAC
98
10.One million bytes of information is 15.Programs prepared by an outside

abbreviated as supplier & privided to a user in a machine
A. Bit readable form is known as
B. MB A. Utility program
C. KB B. Canned program
D. GB C. Application program
Answer: Option B D. Application software
Answer: Option B
11.Which memory stores the values of
variables. 16.An input device that uses switch
A. SAM contacts placed under a plastic pad which
B. ROM may be inscribed with symbols is known as
C. RAM A. Punched card
D. PROM B. Touch pad
E. None of the above C. Punched paper tape
Answer: Option C D. Magnetic disk
Answer: Option B
12.The first IBM PC did not have any
A. Disk drive 17.Pictures or drawings, typically displayed
B. RAM on a VDU to allow users to select program
C. ROM options is called
D. Port A. HIPO charts
E. None of the above B. Icons
Answer: Option A C. Graphics
D. Network
13.Which device uses much less Answer: Option B
computer time than the light pen and
gives resolutions equal to that of the 18.A monitor looks like a TV set but it does
CRT display. not
A. Mouse A. Receive TV signals
B. Touch tablet B. Give a clear picture
C. Touch panel C. Give a steady picture
D. Data tablet D. Display graphics
14.The process used to set up a 19.A terminal having local processing

programs once the system is capability is
operational is A. KIPS
A. Operating system B. AI
B. Black bon C. Intelligent terminal
C. Boot strap D. Optical terminal
D. Utility E. None of the above
99
20.A hand-held device which reads

marks or characters on paper by 24.The _____ provides a path between the
detecting photo-sensitivity is known CPU and peripheral devices, which are
as connected via interface cards.
A. Light pen A. computer
B. Optical-wand B. expansion bus
C. Plotter C. memory
D. All of the above D. CPU
21.Tiny rings made of magnetic 25.Which of the following programs give

material that can be polarised to instructions about operations inside the
represent binary 1 or 0 is called computer
A. Magnetic core A. System software
B. Magnetic disk B. Application
C. Card punch C. Utility
D. Floppy disk D. Compiler
22.A computer program that instructs 26.The magnetic disks and drums are like
other programs to perform a recirculating shift registers because
particular type of operation is A. they have about the same storage capacity
A. System software B. their storage is non volatile
B. Application program C. their access times are about the same
C. Compiler D. stored data is available for reading over and
D. Interpreter over again in the same order.
23.A computer program that instructs 27.Which of the following time will
other programs to perform a normally be determined by the
particular type of operation is requirements of the device to which the
A. System software transfer is being made
B. Application program A. Access
C. Compiler B. Cycle
D. Interpreter C. Hold
Answer: Option A D. Delay
Answer: Option C
29.Which was the world's first
minicomputer and when was it 28.A hard copy would be prepared on a
introduced? A. Line printer
A. PDP-1, 1959 B. Dot matrix printer
B. 1MB System/36, 1960 C. Type writer terminal
C. PDP-11 1961 D. Plotter
D. VAX 11/780, 1962 Answer: Option E
Answer: Option A
100
30.What is the acronym for Single In- 34.Which type of processing that produces
Line Memory Module? output results immediately after input data
A. SIMM are entered into a computer system
B. SILMM A. Time-sharing
C. SM B. Interactive
D. SMM C. Batch processing
Answer: Option A D. Real-time processing
Answer: Option B
31.Which of the following printers, are
you sure will not to use if your 35.A printer in which the characters are
objective is to print on multicarbon embossed on a band is
forms? A. Dot-matrix
A. daisy wheel B. Laser
B. dot-matrix C. Golf-ball
C. laser D. Chain
D. thimble Answer: Option D
Answer: Option C
36.A type of simulation method using
32.The term MIPS refers to _____ random numbers to determine the
A. millions of instructions per second evolution of a system is
B. multiple instructions per second A. Model dispersion
C. megabytes of instructions per seconds B. Monte carlo
D. millions input processor set C. Monadic
E. multi-inductance processing system D. Padding
33. The primary memory of a personal 37.A database management system based
computer consists of: on the concept of ownership is
A. ROM only A. Network topology
B. RAM only B. Network layer
C. Both ROM and RAM C. Network database system
D. Memory module D. Network license system
39.A dot-matrix printer 38.A software package to implement a data

A. is an input device base is
B. is an output device A. System analysis
C. cannot print alphabet B. DBMS
D. has a speed of 1000 cps C. Database
E. None of the above D. DASD
101
40.What was the name of the first 43.Methods used to organise and physically
commercially available micro- store disk data are cylinder and
processor chip? A. Sector
A. Intel 8008 B. Surface
B. Intel 8080 C. Track
C. Intel 4004 D. Hib
D. Motorola 6809 Answer: Option A
Answer: Option C 44.The term "memory" applies to which
one of the following
41.A new technology which provides A. Logic
the ability to create an artificial world B. Storage
and have people interact with it is C. Control
called D. Input device
A. televirtuality Answer: Option B
B. virtual reality
C. alternative reality 45.The working principles of today's
D. 3-D reality computers were provided by an English
E. None of the above mathematician
Answer: Option B A. Charles Babbage
B. Dr. Hollerith
42.The proper definition of a modern C. Donald Reach
digital computer is D. Ken Reider
A. an electronic automated machine that E. None of the above
can solve problems involving words and Answer: Option A
numbers
B. a more sophisticated and modified 46.A device used to measure the circuit
electronic pocket calculator density of a chip is
C. any machine that can perform A. Light pen
mathematical operations B. Mouse
D. a machine that works on binary code C. LSI
Answer: Option C
48.A device that can accept data, hold
them&deliver them on demand at a 47.Data systems for planning are often
later time is known as called
A. Buffer A. decision analysis systems
B. Memory B. planning analysis systems
C. CPU C. decision support systems
D. Register D. All of the above
Answer: Option C
102
49.An output device that converts data 53.A magnetic tape volume that is used on a
from a binary format in main storage data processing operation without any
to coded hole patterns punched into a change to its contents is
paper tape is A. Magnetic disk
A. Paper tape punch B. Punched paper tape
B. Punched paper tape C. Master tape
C. Magnetic disk D. Card reader
D. Magnetic tape Answer: Option C
Answer: Option A
54.A computer performs operations by
50.The data bus in 8080A/8085 comparing data items and then, depending
microprocessor is a group of on the results, follows predetermined
A. eight bidirectional lines that are used course of action. What are such operations
to transfer 8 bits between the called?
microprocessor and its I/O and memory A. Sequential
B. sixteen bidirectional lines that are used B. Logical
for data transfer between the C. Digital
microprocessor and memory D. Physical
C. eight unidirectional lines that are used E. None of the above
for I/O devices Answer: Option B
D. eight lines used to transfer data among
the registers
Answer: Option A 55.Control of computer system or
subsystem operation by an operator who
51.In which of the following terminals may intervene at arbitrary times is
the screen is regarded as an array of A. Manual control
pixels, where each pixel is either on or B. Mapping
off? C. Shift register
A. Character map terminal D. ALU
B. Bit map terminal E. None of the above
C. RS-232 C terminal Answer: Option A
D. All of the above
E. None of the above 56.Which language has been selected as the
Answer: Option B basis for the Japanese "fifth generation"
computers.
52.A file that includes an index A. ALGOL
directory to facilitate random access is B. COBOL
A. Sequential file C. PROLOG
B. Indexed file D. C
C. Random file E. None of the above
D. Serial file Answer: Option C
Answer: Option B
103
57.A notation for defining the form 62.The CPU is made up of control unit ALU
and structure of data is known as and
A. Data description language A. Memory
B. Binary language B. Input-Output
C. Data channel C. Register unit
D. Data definition language D. All of the above
58.Which part of computer performs 63.In digital computer, all the expressions
functions similar to the cerebrums of are coded into
the above cardiac and nervous system A. Octal digits
of a human body. B. Binary digits
A. ALU C. Hexadecimal digits
B. Input device D. Decimal cligits
C. CPU Answer: Option B
D. Control unit
Answer: Option C 64.In computer terminology a compiler
means
59.A memory that contains a fine A. a person who computes source programs
pattern of data permanently defined is B. the same thing as a programmer
A. RAM C. key punch operator
B. EPROM D. a program which translates source program
C. ROM into object program
D. PROM Answer: Option D
Answer: Option C
65.A storage area used to store data to
60.What is the number of bits needed compensate for the difference in speed at
for an address in a 4K memory? which the different units can handle data is
A. 16 A. Memory
B. 8 B. Buffer
C. 12 C. Accumulator
D. 4 D. Address
61.Conversion of an octal number 66.The physical equipment made oi various

1068 to binary number is metals, silicon and plastic components that
A. 11100102 make up the parts of a computer is called
B. 10001102 A. micro
C. 11001102 B. peripheral
D. 100001102 C. hardware
Answer: Option B D. disk drive
Answer: Option C
104
67.Who launched IBM's First PC in

1981? 70.Memories in which any location can be
A. Dean Cline reached in a fixed (and short) amount of
B. C.B. Rogers Jr. time after specifying its address is called
C. John F. Akers A. sequential-access memory
D. David Svenson B. random-access memory
Answer: Option B C. secondary memory
D. mass storage
68.How many operations per second E. None of the above
can perform by a modern fast Answer: Option B
mainframe digital computer.
A. 1000 71.Which of the following is not used as
B. 100,000 secondary storage
C. 10,00,000 A. Semiconductor memory
D. 1,00,00,00,000 B. Magnetic disks
Answer: Option D C. Magnetic drums
D. Magnetic tapes
69..One of a class of storage devices E. None of the above
that can access storage locations in Answer: Option A
any order is
A. DTE
B. DASD
C. DDE
D. DDC
Answer: Option B
Composed By:
Saif Rehman Qureshi
03002279416
03069867619
105
CHAPTER # 15
01.A connection between two end 06.Who invented the microprocessor?
points, either physical or logical, over A. Marcian E Hoff
which data may travel in both B. Herman H Goldstein
directions simultaneously is called C. Joseph Jacquard
_____ D. All of the above
A. Dump point Answer: Option A
B. Datalink
C. Duplex 07.Sending data from one place to another,
D. Networks by physical or electronic means is
Answer: Option C A. E-mail
B. Internet
02.Which is part of a computer system, C. Data transmission
enables human operators to D. Distributed processing
communicate with the computer. Answer: Option C
A. Console
B. Keyboard 08.A method for representing digital data
C. Printer analog signals by changing the phase of the
D. CPU analog carrier to represent the digital
Answer: Option A information is known as
A. PIA
03.A device that stores one item of B. PSK
information is C. PM
A. Memory element D. PM
B. Block Compaction Answer: Option B
C. MDR
D. Memory guard 09.A register in which of the following that
Answer: Option A holds the current instruction while it is
being executed is called instruction
04.MODULA is a register.
A. Programming language A. ALU
B. Low-level language B. CPU
C. Assembly language C. Memory
D. Machine language D. Address
05.The OCR stand for? 10. Which functional component of a

A. Outsized character reader computer is responsible for the computing?
B. Optical character recognition A. Input B. Output
C. Operational character reader C. CPU D. Memory
D. Only character reader E. Storage
106
11.Punched cards are associated with 16.A factor which might cause an individual
the name to consider using a computer in criminal
A. Leibniz activities is:
B. Jacquard A. The computer's access to large sums of money
C. Hollerith B. The speed with which the crime can be
D. Pascal accomplished
E. None of the above C. EFTS (Electronic Funds Transfer System)
Answer: Option C D. All the above
Answer: Option D
12.The light pen was developed in
A. 1942 17.Transmission and presentation of text
B. 1976 and graphics is called
C. 1955 A. Tele-text
D. 1992 B. Network
E. None of the above C. Telematique
Answer: Option C D. Video text
Answer: Option D
13.The two main components of the
CPU is 18.Which of the following is directry
A. Control unit and registers controlled from a keyboard.
B. Control unit and ALU A. Card punch
C. Registers and main memory B. Punched paper tape
D. ALU and bus C. Magnetic disk
Answer: Option B D. Magnetic tape
Answer: Option A
14.Which of the following does not
affect the resolution of a video display 19.Which of the following is a machine for
image? reading documents that are encoded in a
A. bandwidth way that is readable by person and
B. raster scan rate machine.
C. vertical and horizontal lines of A. Document reader
resolution B. Distributed system
D. screen size C. Artificial intelligence
E. All of the above D. Document sorter
15.Which was the first commercial 20.The two basic types of record-access
computer built by M.V. Wilkies. methods are:
A. Super computer A. sequential and random
B. LEO B. sequential and indexed
C. Mainframe C. direct and immediate
D. Micro computer D. on-line and realtime
Answer: Option B
107
21.Disketts and hard disks are 26.No computer can do anything without a
A. Direct access devices A. program
B. Sequential access devices B. memory
C. Slower than magnetic tape C. chip
D. Used only in mainframe computers D. output device
Answer: Option A
27.The estimation of the value of a function
22.If you see a diskette with a piece of at a point beyond the interval in which the
foil covering its notch, it is said to be data lies is called known as
A. write-protected A. Interpolation
B. copy-protected B. Simulation
C. write-enabled C. Emulation
D. foil-covered D. Extra polation
23.The shifting of a program from one 28.An input device that is able to interpret
of the memory addresses to another is pencil marks on paper media is known as
A. Data transmission A. Magnetic disk
B. Data collection B. Optical Mark Reader
C. Relocation C. Card Puncher
D. Database D. Magnetic tape
Answer: Option B
24.Arranging data in a specific order is
called 29.Front-end processor is a _____ designed
A. Merging specifically to handle the communications
B. Sorting processing task.
C. Classification A. ALU
D. Verification B. Control unit
E. None of the above C. CPU
Answer: Option B D. Register
Answer: Option C
25.The area of computer science which
is concerned with the display of 30.Which of the following is a computer
pictures is memory that can be programmed once, but
A. Networks not reprogrammed.
B. Graphics A. ROM
C. Designing B. RAM
D. Architecture C. PROM
E. None of the above D. EPROM
108
31.Which of the following is used as a 36.A programming language intended to

primary storage device? solve a no. of different types of problems is
A. Magnetic drum A. COBOL
B. PROM B. General purpose programming language
C. Floppy disk C. BASIC
D. All of the above D. FORTRAN
32.A program used to detect overall 37.A computer, by definition, is any device
system malfunction is that computers. This broad definition
A. System analysis includes which of the following?
B. System software A. Calculators
C. Utilities B. Cash registers
D. System diagnostics C. Automotive controllers
E. None of the above D. Desktop computers
Answer: Option D E. All of the above
Answer: Option E
33.What was the computer conceived
by Babbage? 38.Which of the following is a data
A. Analytical Engine communication link that connects more
B. Arithmetic Machine than two stations, nodes etc
C. Donald Knuth A. Multipoint connection
D. All of the above B. Multipoint line
E. None of the above C. Multiple chain
Answer: Option A D. Multilinked
Answer: Option B
34.A acronym for the organisation that
publishes programming language 39.A micro processor chip used in a PC
standard is system
A. ASCn A. Performs the arithmetic-logic and control
B. BCD functions
C. ANSI B. Is the only chip cound in most PC models
D. EBCDIC C. Almost always operates on by-bits of data at
Answer: Option C a time
D. Performs the primary storage function
35.Which of the following is used to Answer: Option A
make a programs run when the
computer is switched on. 40.ILLIAC is a
A. Autoboot A. Super computer
B. Warmboot B. Mini computer
C. Bubble C. Mainframe computer
D. Authentication D. Micro computer
Answer: Option A
109
41.An electrical inter-connection that 46.The hardware in which data may be

permit 8 or more bits of data to be stored for a computer system is called
moved in the same instant of time is A. Registers
called B. Bus
A. Outline processor C. Control unit
B. Parallel interface D. Memory
C. Page layout program E. Chip
D. Fasimile system Answer: Option D
Answer: Option B
47.Software that's loaded into a computer
42.Conversion of an octal number primary storage area is known as
738 to binary number is A. Memory-resident package
A. 1101112 B. File management system
B. 1111002 C. Electronic spread sheet program
C. 1100102 D. Utilities
43.Which gate sends on a pulse when it 48.Which of the following are the building
receives one at either or both of its blocks of all the circuits in a computer.
terminals. A. Circuit switch
A. NOR B. Logic gates
B. NOT C. Logical Operators
C. OR D. Instructions
D. NAND E. None of the above
44.A circuit which can store 49.How many symbols exist in Baudot
information is known as code?
A. Integrated circuit A. 42
B. Chip B. 116
C. Memory cell C. 58
D. Gate D. 76
Answer: Option C
45.Where was the India's first
computer installed and when? 50.A language based on graphics for use in
A. Institute of Social Science, Agra, 1955 education is
B. Indian Institute of Statistics, Delhi, 1957 A. PROLOG
C. Indian Statistical Institute, Calcutta, 1955 B. LOGO
D. Indian Institute of Science, Bngalore, 1971 C. COBOL
E. None of the above D. BASIC
Answer: Option B
110
51.Non-volatility is an important 56.Which company produces processors for

advantage of the Apple Macintosh?
A. CCD A. IBM
B. Magnetic tapes and disks B. Motorola
C. Magnetic bubbles C. Intel
D. Both B and C D. AMD
E. None of the above E. Cyrix
52.Which of the following high speed 57.The essential features of a number

non-impact printers are fast enough to system are
print the entire book in about 1 A. Radix
minute. B. Set of distinct counting digits
A. Laser C. bits
B. Dot-matrix D. Both A & B
C. Page Answer: Option D
D. Line
E. None of the above 58.Super computers are primarily useful
Answer: Option C for
A. Input-output intensive processing
53.An identifying label on the first B. Data-retrieval operations
record of magnetic tape is C. Mathematical-intensive scientific
A. Punched paper tape applications
B. Optical mark reader D. All of the above
C. Tape label Answer: Option C
D. Joystick
Answer: Option C 59.A reflective marker that indicates the
end of the usable tape is
54.Which of the following are not A. End user
likely to be found on a PC main circuit B. End-of-tape
board C. Optical mark reader
A. RAM chips D. FAX
B. Microprocessor chips Answer: Option B
C. ROM chips
D. LCD clocks 60.A specific part of an arithmetic & logic
Answer: Option D unit that is used to perform the operation of
multiplication is
55.An Integrated Circuit (IC) is A. Multiplier
A. Fabricated on a tiny silicon chip B. Multiplener
B. A complicated circuit C. Multivibrator
C. Much costlier than a single transistor D. Quantization
D. An integrating device Answer: Option A
Answer: Option A
111
61.The 2's complement number of 65.Character readers are those devices

110010 is which read the characters printed on the
A. 1101 source documents and then convert them
B. 110011 directly into computer-usable input. Which
C. 10011 of the following is not a character reader?
D. All of the above A. OCR
E. None of the above B. MICR
Answer: Option E C. OMR
D. LCD
62.The purpose of an application E. None of the above
program is to Answer: Option D
A. Convert program written in high level
language to machine language 66.SPSS stands for
B. Meet specific user needs A. Statistical Package for Systems Science
C. Allow the operating system to control B. Systems Package for Social Science
resources better C. Statistical Package for Sociai Science
D. Make off-line equpment run better D. All of the above
63.Which of the following translate 67.Who developed a mechanical device in

back from machine code something the 17th century that could add, subtract,
resembling the source language multiply, divide and find square roots?
A. Interpreter A. Napier
B. Compiler B. Babbage
C. Assembler C. Pascal
D. Decompiler D. Leibnitz
64.Serial access memories are useful 68.The octal equivalent of the number
in applications where 11010.1011 is
A. data consists of numbers A. 32.54
B. short access time is required B. 63.51
C. each stored word is processed C. 32.27
differently D. All of the above
D. data naturally needs to flow in and out E. None of the above
in serial form Answer: Option A
Answer: Option D
112
69.A six - digit card field used for 70.Which of the following is used for input
postal ZIP codes is defined as and output both
A. A letter field A. Graph plotter
B. An alphabetic field B. Teletype terminal
C. A numeric field C. Line printer
D. An alphanumeric field D. All of the above
Answer: Option C
Composed By:
Saif Rehman Qureshi

03002279416
03069867619
113
CHAPTER # 16
06.A special type of device which uses an
01.Super-computers ordinary telephone with a computer is
A. Are found at thousands of sites around A. Light pen
the world B. Mouse
B. Can now fit on a single silicon chip C. Acoustic couple
C. Are usually designed to process D. Touch panel
accounting applications Answer: Option C
D. Are not fast enough for some
applications 07.The first electronic general purpose
Answer: Option D digital computer built by Mauchly and
Eckert called ENIAC did not work on the
02.A hand-held device for optically stored program principle. How many
reading bar codes on goods, labels & numbers could it store in its internal
shelves is memory?
A. Wand A. 100 B. 20
B. Touch tablet C. 40
C. Mouse D. 80
D. Light pen Answer: Option B
Answer: Option A
08.The decimal equivalent of the binary
03.In analog computer number 11100001111 is
A. Input is first converted to digital form A. 1806 B. 1807
B. Input is never converted to digital form C. 2806 D. All of the above
C. Output is displayed in digital form Answer: Option B
D. All of the above
Answer: Option B 09.A disk storage medium in the form of an
assembly containing a single rigid magnetic
04.Which is a Common-Business disk permenently is
oriented language. A. fixed disk
A. SNOBOL B. disk cartridge
B. BASIC C. COBOL C. card punch
D. C D. card reader
05.Software instructions intended to 10.The benefit of using computers are that

satisfy a user's specific processing A. Computers are very fast and can store huge
needs are called _____. amounts of data
A. Systems software B. Computers produce accurate output even
B. A microcomputer when the input is incorrect
C. Documentation C. Computers are designed to the inflexible
D. Applications software D. All of the above
114
16.What is the name of the reading device

11.Which of the following file which mades use of photosensors and laser
organizations is most efficient for a file technologies to interpret printed, typed or
with a high degree of file activity? even hand-written data directly from the
A. sequential source documents?
B. ISAM A. MICR
C. VSAM B. OCR
D. B-Tree index C. Mark-sensing device
Answer: Option A D. ATM
Answer: Option B
12.The range of frequencies available
for data transmission is known as 17.A(n) ____ device is any device that
A. Baud provides information which is sent to the
B. Bandwidth CPU.
C. Byte A. input
D. Bits B. output
Answer: Option B C. CPU
D. memory
13.Full adder has E. storage
A. 4 inputs Answer: Option A
B. 8 inputs
C. 10 inputs 18.The first computer made available for
D. 3 inputs commercial use was
E. None of the above A. Mark-I
Answer: Option D B. ENIAC
C. EDSAC
14.Which major development led to D. UNIVAC
the production of microcomputers? Answer: Option D
A. Magnetic disks
B. Floppy disks 19.In which mode, each user has a local
C. Logic gates input/output device.
D. Integrated circuits A. Interactive
Answer: Option D B. Time sharing mode
C. Batch processing mode
15.Sometime data are gathered over a D. All of the above
period of time and collected into a Answer: Option B
group before entering them into a
computer for processing. What type of 20.Which of the following is considered a
processing is it called? direct-entry input device?
A. Interactive processing A. optical scanner
B. Sequential processing B. mouse
C. Batch processing C. light pen
D. Group processing D. digitizer
Answer: Option A E. All of the above
Answer: Option E
115
21.A physical connection between the 26.An IBM System/38 represents the
microprocessor memory and other computer class of:
parts of the microcomputer is known A. small-scale computer
as B. medium-scale computer
A. Path C. large-scale computer
B. Address bus D. super computer
C. Route Answer: Option A
D. All of the above
Answer: Option B 27.Which hole is used to mark the location
of the first sector in a soft-sectored disk.
22.Bubble memory is a A. Address
A. Sequential access device only B. Location
B. Direct access device only C. Index
C. Combination of sequential and direct D. Label
access devices Answer: Option C
D. All of the above
Answer: Option C 28.Which system was developed by Rank-
Xeron for use with office computers and
23.Any method for controlling access other equipment.
to or use of memory is known as A. UNIX
A. Memory map B. ETHERNET
B. Memory protection C. PC-DOS
C. Memory management D. MS-DOS
D. Memory instruction Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B
29.If, in a computer, 16 bits are used to
24.What is the storage capacity of a specify addresses in a RAM, the number of
Hollerith card which is organized into addresses will be
nibbles? A. 216
A. 32 B. 65,536
B. 64 C. 64K
C. 128 D. Any of the above
25.A type of instruction that can 30.A common use of computer in office is
produce several lines of machine for
language code is a A. Distributed
A. Mnemonic B. Word processing
B. Address C. Data
C. Macro D. All of the above
D. assemble E. None of the above
116
31.A type of semiconductor memory

that usually has small capacity but 36.The imitation of one device or system by
very fast access is another is
A. PROM A. Simulation
B. RAM B. Emulation
C. Scratchpad C. Resilience
D. ROM D. Compaction
32.High-level languages are not 37.Third generation computers

concerned with computer but with A. were the first to use built-in error detecting
A. Assembler devices
B. Machine code B. used transistors instead of vacuum tubes
C. Compiler C. were the first to use neural network
Answer: Option E
33.The methods used by COBOL to
define that structure of a data item in 38.Which of the following term is used in
terms of characters, digits, etc. is connection with the organisation of files in
A. Password ALGOL 68
B. Pointer A. Blow
C. Picture B. Machine
D. Overlay C. Biquinary
Answer: Option C D. Book
Answer: Option D
34.The difference between memory
and storages is that memory is _____ 39.Which of the following transfers data
and storage is _____ contained on computer cards to the
A. Temporary, permanent computer system.
B. Permanent, temporary A. Card sorter
C. Slow, fast B. Card reader
D. AH of the above C. Magnetic disk
Answer: Option A D. Magnetic tape
Answer: Option B
35.Computer can not do anything
without a 40.Which most popular input device used
A. Chip today for interactive processing & for the
B. Memory on line entry of data for batch processing.
C. Output device A. Mouse
D. Program B. Magnetic disk
E. None of the above C. Visual display terminal
Answer: Option D D. Card punch
Answer: Option C
117
41.The ability of a computer system to

remain operational despite various 46.A fully functional computing device
failures is containing all the elements of a computer
A. Relation which is built around a MICROPROCESSOR
B. Schema is known as
C. Resilience A. Machine-in-built computer
D. Versatility B. Super computer
Answer: Option C C. Micro computer
D. Mini computer
42.Which of the following memories Answer: Option C
must be refreshed many times per
second? 47.There are historical evidences to prove
A. Static RAM that abacus was first used in
B. Dynamic RAM A. India
C. EPROM B. Japan
D. ROM C. China
Answer: Option B D. Indonesia
Answer: Option C
43.he third generation of computers
covers the period:
A. 1971-1982 48.A class of random access memory that
B. 1982-1994 requires periodic servicing in order for the
C. 1959-1964 contents to remain valid is
D. 1965-1971 A. Static RAM
E. 1995-now B. Dynamic RAM
Answer: Option D C. PROM
D. EPROM
44.An electronic logic gate whose Answer: Option B
output is logic 0 only when all inputs
are logic 1 is 49.Which of the following is the expansion
A. NOR of EBCDIC
B. NAND A. Extended bit comparable to digital interface
C. OR for computer
D. NOT B. Extended bootable computerised digital
Answer: Option B infrared calculator
C. Extended binary coded decimal interchange
45.A vertically aligned set of tracks on code
a disk pack is known as D. Extended binary coded decimal information
A. Cluster code
B. Surface E. None of the above
C. Cylinder Answer: Option C
D. Panel
Answer: Option C
118
50.A digital device that processes data 55.Which is an electronic device that can
is known as store temporarily a single bit of data.
A. Data processor A. Accumulator
B. Data entry B. Buffer
C. DBMS C. Memory
D. Database D. Latch
51.Third generation computers 56.A generalised software package

A. Were the first to use integrated produced to meet the bugs of a variety of
circuitry data processing users is known as
B. Were the first to use built-in error A. Utility programs
detecting devices B. System software
C. Used transistors insted of vaccum C. Operating system
tubes D. Application package
Answer: Option A
57.Who is 1988 announced the latest
52.What is the name of the display version of CD-ROM called CD-ROMXA
feature that highlights areas of the (extended architecture) which provides a
screen which require operator documented means of integrating digital
attention? audio with computer data on a CD-ROM
A. Pixel disk?
B. Reverse video A. Sony
C. Touch screen B. Philips
D. Cursor C. Microsoft
Answer: Option D
53.Which of the following is NOT a
primary storage device? 58.To set a register or counter to the all-
A. Magnetic tape zero-state is
B. Magnetic disk A. Rerun
C. Optical disk B. Reset
D. All of the above C. Remote
Answer: Option D D. Release
Answer: Option B
54.A device that prints one character
at a time is kknown as 59.Which is used to store firmware.
A. Laser printer A. RAM
B. Line printer B. ROM
C. Character printer C. PROM
D. Dot-Matrix printer D. EPROM
119
64.A data item which is not broken down

60.A mechanism for arranging into smaller units is _____
controlled access to a shared resource A. Data element
is B. Elementary data item
A. Retrieving C. Data entry
B. Sorting D. Database management
C. Balleting E. None of the above
D. Lock-out Answer: Option B
Answer: Option D 65.A computer is a box full of electronic
A. Switching devices
61.A one-bit signal that indicates the B. Chips
start of data transmission by an C. Circuits
asynchronous device is D. Registers
A. Parity bit E. None of the above
B. Status bit Answer: Option A
C. Zero bit
D. Start bit 66.What are the concentric circles on
E. None of the above floppy disks know as?
Answer: Option D A. Tracks
B. Cylinders
62.Registers which are partially visible C. Sectors
to users and used to hold conditional D. Segments
codes (bits set by the CPU hardware as Answer: Option A
the result of operations), are known as
A. PC 67.An electronic circuit with about 20
B. Memory Address Registers transistors fabricated on a silicon chip is
C. General purpose registers known as
D. Flags A. SSI
E. None of the above B. MSI
Answer: Option D C. DPS
D. RJE
63.Which generation of computers is E. None of the above
covered by the period 1964-77? Answer: Option A
A. First
B. Second 68.Instructions and memory addresses are
C. Third represented by
D. Forth A. character codes
E. None of the above B. binary codes
Answer: Option C C. binary word
D. parity bit
Answer: Option B
120
69.First CAD system called AutoCAD 70.Which type of computers use the 8 bit
for the PCs was announced in the year code called EBCDIC?
1982. Can you tell who announced it? A. Minicomputers
A. Intel Corpn. B. Microcomputers
B. Rolta India Ltd. C. Mainframe computers
C. Autodesk Inc D. Supercomputers
D. AT & T Corp. E. None of the above
Answer: Option C
Composed By:
Saif Rahman Qureshi
03002279416
03069867619
121
CHAPTER 17
01.Main storage is also called 06.The magnetic storage chips used to
A. Accumulator provide nonvolatile direct access storage
B. Control unit of data and that have no moving parts are
C. Register unit known as
D. memory A. Magnetic core memory
Answer: Option D B. Magnetic tape memory
C. Magnetic disk memory
02.Which printer is very commonly used D. Magnetic bubble memory
for desk-top publishing? Answer: Option D
A. Laser printer
B. Ink-jet printer 07.In the third generation of computers:
C. Daisy wheel printer A. distributed data processing first became
D. Dot-matrix printer popular
Answer: Option A B. an operating system was first developed
C. high-level procedural languages were first
03.Hard disks are formatted in the same used
manner as floppy disks. However, D. on-line, realtime systems first became
before a hard disk can be formatted, it popular
must first be _____ Answer: Option D
A. partitioned
B. sectioned C. deleted 08.A common example of a data storage
D. inter-sectioned medium is
E. write protected A. cartidge
Answer: Option A B. floppies
C. cluge
04.The no of logical records in a physical D. disk
record is E. None of the above
A. Group Answer: Option D
B. Blocking factor
C. Sector D. Field 09.IBM-PC is an example of
Answer: Option B A. A main frame
B. Machine-in-built
05.Personnel who design, program, C. Micro computer
operate and maintain computer D. Special purpose
equipment refers to E. None of the above
A. Console-operator Answer: Option C
B. Programmer
C. Peopleware
D. System Analyst
Answer: Option C
122
10.All inputs must be in ON position to 15.Which of the following will happen

have an output is known as when data is entered into a memory
A. NOT gate location?
B. AND gate A. It will add to the content of the location
C. OR gate B. It will change the address of the memory
D. XOR gate location
E. None of the above C. It will erase the previous content
Answer: Option B D. It will not be fruitful if thjere is already
some data at that location
11.The intersection of a column and row E. None of the above
in a spreadsheet is called a bon or Answer: Option C
A. Key
B. Field 16.The number of bits that are typically
C. Cell stored on each track of a magnetic disk is
D. Menu usually
E. None of the above A. the same
Answer: Option C B. different
C. depend on the program to be stored
12.A magnetic storage device on which D. All of the above
data is stored on a cylindrical drum, E. None of the above
subdivided into tracks is known as Answer: Option A
A. Punched card
B. Magnetic disk 17.The silicon chips used for data
C. Magnetic tape processing are called
D. Drum A. RAM chips
E. None of the above B. ROM chips
Answer: Option D C. Micro processor
D. PROM chips
13.The basic unit within a computer E. None of the above
store capable of holding a single unit of Answer: Option C
data is
A. Register 18.The code that should be adequate for
B. ALU present and anticipated data processing
C. Control unit both for machine and human use is
D. Store location A. Conciseness
E. None of the above B. Uniqueness
Answer: Option D C. Operability
D. All of the above
14.An error in computer data is called E. None of the above
A. Chip Answer: Option C
B. Bug
C. Bit
D. Byte
Answer: Option B
123
19.LISP was developed by 24.What is the number of bit patterns

A. John Mc Carthy provided by a 7-bit code?
B. Blaise Pascal A. 256
C. Dr. Hollerith B. 128
D. John Napier C. 64
E. None of the above D. 512
Answer: Option B
20.Which programming language is
much in vogue among users of 25.A system program which helps the
microcomputers execution of user programs is known as
A. ALGOL A. System software
B. APL B. Application program
C. LOGO C. Batch operating system
D. FORTH D. Utilities
Answer: Option D
26.The first mechanical calculating
21.Which of the following registers is machine was made by
used to keep track of address of the A. William Oughtred
memory location where the next B. Gottfried Leibnitz
instruction is located? C. Blaise Pascal
A. Memory Address Register D. Charles Babbage
B. Memory Data Register E. None of the above
C. Instruction Register Answer: Option C
D. Program Counter
Answer: Option D 27.Multiplication of 1112 by 1012 is
A. 1100112
22.Conversion of an octal number 208 to B. 1000112
its binary number is C. 1111002
A. 100002 D. 0001012
B. 101112 E. None of the above
C. 101102 Answer: Option B
D. 111102
E. None of the above 28.Which is not a factor when
Answer: Option A categorizing a computer?
A. Speed of the output device
23.Which of the following can be output B. Amount of main memory the CPU can use
by a computer? C. Cost of the system
A. graphics D. Capacity of the hard disk
B. voice E. Where it was purchased
C. text Answer: Option E
D. computer-usable data or information
Answer: Option E
124
29.Who is called the "grand father" of 34,Which of the following is a system

the computer? programming language for micro-
A. Blaise Pascal computers in the Intel family.
B. Charles Babbage A. LOGO
C. Joseph Jacquard B. SNOBOL
D. Dr. Herman Hollerith C. PCM
E. None of the above D. PL/1
Answer: Option C
30.A half byte is know is
A. Data 35.Sequential file organization is most
B. Bit appropriate for which of the following
C. Half byte applications?
D. Nibble A. grocery-store checkout
E. None of the above B. bank checking accounts
Answer: Option D C. payroll
D. airline reservations
31.Which language is used in the areas E. None of the above
of pattern recognition, artificial Answer: Option C
intelligence & for simulation of games.
A. APL 36.Which input device is able to scan &
B. FORTH interpret an entire page that is typed in a
C. LISP special font
D. CORAL A. Floppy disk
E. None of the above B. Page reader
Answer: Option C C. Paper tape punch
D. Optical card readers
32.Which company is the biggest player Answer: Option B
in the microprocessor industry?
A. Motorola 37.An adder in which the bits of the
B. IBM operands are added one after another is
C. Intel A. Half-adder
D. AMD B. Full-adder
E. Cyrix C. Serial adder
Answer: Option C
33.A medium for transferring data
between two locations is called 38.The OR, XOR & AND functions can be
A. Network performed by _____ of the computer in a
B. Communication channel CPU.
C. Modem A. ALU
D. Bus B. CU
E. None of the above C. Memory
Answer: Option B D. Register
Answer: Option A
125
39.Which of the following is a

communication network that is devoted 44.A prewritten program that's sold to
to carrying computer information. perform a common task is called an
A. Data point application
B. Data module A. System software
C. Data network B. Package
D. Data pack C. Utilities
E. None of the above D. Program
40.Conversion of an octal number 45.Locations in the main memory of a

1428 to binary number is computer are called
A. 11000102 A. Alphabets
B. 1101102 B. Words
C. 11000112 C. Data
D. 11011012 D. Characters
41.Which of the following is used as 46.The minimum number of MOS

"Input device" for the computer? transistors required to make a dynamic
A. Printer RAM cell is
B. VDU A. 1
C. TV B. 2
D. Light pen C. 3
Answer: Option D D. 4
Answer: Option A
42.A machine associated with card-
based data processing is 47.The process of fetching and executing
A. Codomain instructions, one at a time, in the order of
B. Collator increasing addresses is known as
C. Cartridge A. instruction execution
D. Digitizer B. straight line sequencing
Answer: Option B C. instruction fetch
D. random sequencing
43.The most popular language used with Answer: Option B
microcomputers and time-shared mini
computers, is an easy-to-use high level 48.What is the term which represents the
language. use of links between information of all
A. COBOL sorts whether text, graphics, video oi
B. ADA audio-based?
C. PASCAL A. Hypertext
D. BASIC B. Hypermedia
E. None of the above C. HyperCard
Answer: Option D D. Wildcard
Answer: Option B
126
49.Primary storage is _____ as compared

to secondary storage. 54.Codes which do not require to be
A. Slow and inexpensive frequently updated also promote user
B. Fast and inexpensive efficiency due to
C. Fast and expensive A. Simplicity
D. Slow and expensive B. Sortability
E. None of the above C. Stability
Answer: Option C D. Expansibility
50.Offline device is Answer: Option C
A. a device which is not connected to CPU
B. a device which is connected to CPU 55.A packet switching network that was
C. a direct access storage device sponsored by the Commission of the EEC
D. an I/O device and became operational in 1979 is
E. None of the above A. LAN
Answer: Option A B. Broadband network
C. Star network
51.A Winchester disk is a D. Euronet
A. Disk Stack E. None of the above
B. Removable disk Answer: Option D
C. Flexible disk
D. All of the above 56.What is the standard code the
E. None of the above computer industry created to represent
Answer: Option A characters?
A. DASI
52.Which one of the following is the first B. ASSH
second-generation computer? C. ASCII
A. IBM 7090 D. BASCII
B. IBM 801 E. EPROM
C. IBM 7070 Answer: Option C
D. IBM 650
E. None of the above 57.A sizeable geographical area with
Answer: Option A communication based on the telephone
system is though as
53.Output hardware is often categorized A. Local area network
according to whether it: B. Wide area network
A. is expensive C. Modulator-Demodulator
B. requires a large amount of electricity to D. All of the above
work E. None of the above
C. produces hardcopy or softcopy Answer: Option B
D. can fit on a desktop
Answer: Option C
127
58.The original ASCII code used _____ bits

of each byte, reserving that last bit for 62.Which of the following is not a factor
error checking. affecting the processing capability or
A. 5 performance of a PC system?
B. 6 A. The clock sped of the microprocessor
C. 7 B. The revolutions per minute of the printer
D. 8 disk
E. 4 C. The primary storage capacity of the
Answer: Option C processor
D. The built-in instruction set available to the
59.Which of the following terms is the microprocessor
most closely related to main memory? E. None of the above
A. nonvolatile Answer: Option B
B. permanent
C. control unit 63.Condensing output data to exhibit
D. temporary specific information is
Answer: Option D A. Calculating
B. Recording
60.The computer industry uses prefixes C. Merging
of Greek origin to measure large D. Summarising
amounts of data. Which term describes E. None of the above
1024 bytes. Answer: Option D
A. Kilobyte
B. Megabyte 64.Which of the following is used for
C. Gigabyte manufacturing chips?
D. Terabyte A. control bus
Answer: Option A B. control unit
C. parity unit
61.One nibble is equal to D. semiconductor
A. 4 bits E. None of the above
B. 8 bits Answer: Option D
C. 6 bits
D. 16 bits 65.Which of the following terms applies to
Answer: Option A communication between separate
computer systems?
62.What is required when more than A. Computer literacy
one person uses a central computer at B. Power supply
the same time? C. Applications software
A. Light pen D. Connectivity
B. Mouse E. None of the above
C. Digitizer Answer: Option D
D. Terminal
Answer: Option D
128
66.Which kind of storage device can be

carried around? 67.In which area of the primary storage
A. Floppy disk section are the intermediate processing
B. Hard disk results held temporarily?
C. System cabinet A. Input storage area
D. Hard disk drive B. Program storage area
E. Floppy disk drive C. Output storage area
Answer: Option A D. Working storage space
Answer: Option D
Saif Rahman Qureshi

03002279416
03069867619
129
130
CHAPTER 01
Operating System
01.World Wide Web is being standard 06.A co-processor
by A. Is relatively easy to support in software
A. Worldwide corporation B. Causes all processor to function equally
B. W3C C. Works with any application
C. World Wide Consortium D. Is quite common in modern computer
D. World Wide Web Standard Answer: Option A
Answer: Option B
07.A Microsoft Windows is a(n)
02.Which of the following is program A. Operating system
group? B. Graphic program
A. Accessories B. Paint C. Word Processing
C. Word D. All of above D. Database program
03.Which is not application software? 08.The ...... program compresses large files
A. Windows NT into a smaller file
B. Page Maker A. WinZip
C. WinWord XP B. WinShrink
D. Photoshop C. WinStyle
Answer: Option A D. None of above
Answer: Option A
04.Which of the following operating
system does not implement the 09.Which of the following is an example of
multitasking truly? a real time operating system?
A. Windows 98 A. Lynx
B. Windows NT B. MS DOS
C. Windows XP C. Windows XP
D. MS DOS D. Process Control
05.Which of the following windows 10.What program runs first after computer
version support 64 bit processor? is booted and loading GUI?
A. Windows 98 A. Desktop Manager
B. Windows 2000 B. File Manager
C. Windows XP C. Windows Explorer
D. Windows 95 D. Authentication
131
11.My Computer was introduced from 17.Which of the following operating

A. Windows 3.1 system do you choose to implement a
B. Windows 3.11 client server network?
C. Windows 95 A. MS DOS
D. Windows 98 B. Windows
Answer: Option C C. Windows 98
D. Windows 2000
12.Which of the following Windows do Answer: Option D
not have Start button
A. Windows Vista 18.Which is the latest version of MS
B. Windows 7 Windows?
C. Windows 8 A. Windows 2007
D. None of above B. Windows 8.1
Answer: Option C C. Windows 2008
D. Windows 10
13.Which operating system doesn't Answer: Option D
support networking between
computers? 19.Which of the following does not support
A. Windows 3.1 more than one program at a time?
B. Windows 95 A. DOS
C. Windows 2000 B. Linux
D. Windows NT C. Windows
Answer: Option A D. Unix
Answer: Option A
14.Linux is a(n) ....... operating system
A. Open source 20.Which of the following is not an
B. Microsoft operating system?
C. Windows A. DOS
D. Mac B. Linux
Answer: Option A C. Windows
D. Oracle
15.Which one is not operating system? Answer: Option D
A. P11
B. OS/2 21.Which operating system can you give
C. Windows smallest file name?
D. Unix A. Ps/2
Answer: Option A B. Dos
C. Windows
16.Which of the following is not a D. Windows NT
multitasking operating system? Answer: Option B
A. Windows B. Linux
C. Win NT
D. DOS
Answer: Option D
132
22.The ..... displays the name of every 28.You should choose Sleep option when
computer user on the computer A. The computer is tired after working for the
A. Wish list screen whole day
B. Command screen B. You are leaving for a very short time and
C. Welcome screen want to resume you work shortly
D. None of the above C. When computer gets hanged frequently. Let
Answer: Option C it sleep for some time
D. You finish working and going to bed
23.Which one is not a system tool? Answer: Option B
A. Backup
B. Disk defragment 29.The category of software most
C. Virus scanning appropriate for controlling the design and
D. All of the above layout of complex document like
Answer: Option C newsletters and brochure is:
A. Word processing
24.The memory which allocates space B. Computer aided design
for DOS and application is called C. Web page authoring
A. Expanded memory D. Desktop publishing
B. Cache memory Answer: Option A
C. Virtual memory
D. Conventional memory 30.The operating system creates _____ from
Answer: Option D the physical computer
A. Virtual space
25.Which menu bar selection would B. Virtual computers
you access to open file? C. Virtual device
A. Option B. Help D. None
C. View D. None of above Answer: Option B
Answer: Option D
31.Which mode loads minimal set of
26.Which of the following are loaded in drivers when starting Windows?
safe mode? A. Safe Mode
A. Keyboard driver B. Normal Mode
B. Mouse driver C. VGA Mode
C. VGA drive D. Network Support Mode
D. All of above Answer: Option A
Answer: Option D
32.A ....... is a named location on a disk
27.Which of the following is system where files are stored
software? A. Folder
A. Operating system B. Pod
B. Compiler C. Version
C. Utilities D. None of the above
Answer: Option D
133
33.A user-interface that is easy to use is 39.Which type of command requires

considered to be additional files to perform specific
A. User-happy operations?
B. User-simple A. Internal commands
C. User-friendly B. External commands
D. None of the above C. Valuable commands
Answer: Option C D. Primary commands
Answer: Option B
34.Which one of the following is not a
multitasking operating system? 40.A ..... is a flash memory storage device
A. DOS B. Windows that plugins into a USB port
C. Unix D. Linux A. USB snap drive
Answer: Option A B. USB flash drive
C. USB memory maker drive
35.The most recent version of MAC OS D. None of above
is based on the ...... operating system Answer: Option B
A. Windows
B. Linux 41.The ....... is the drive containing the files
C. Unix to be copied
D. CMOS A. Source drive
Answer: Option C B. Destination drive
C. USB drive
36.What is the function of radio button? D. None of the above
A. To select multiple option Answer: Option A
B. To select single option
C. To select all option 42.In Windows, start button is used to
D. All of above A. Run applications
Answer: Option B B. Device setting
C. Turn off the system
37.The Banker's algorithm is used D. All of above
A. to rectify deadlock Answer: Option D
B. to detect deadlock
C. to prevent deadlock 43.Which one is true for unconditional
D. to solve deadlock disk formatting?
Answer: Option C A. Destroys every byte of data on a disk by
overwriting it with with blank spaces
38.You can use print manage window B. Do not check/scan surface after format
A. To check status of files in the print C. Transfer system files after format
queue D. All of above
B. To cancel the print job Answer: Option A
C. To interrupt printing
D. All of the above
Answer: Option D
134
44.You should save your computer

from? 49.Once text has been cut to the clipboard,
A. Viruses you can ...... that text into another
B. Time bombs document
C. Worms A. Paste
D. All of the above B. Copy
Answer: Option D C. Transfer
45.If the displayed system time and Answer: Option A
date is wrong, you can reset it using
A. Write B. Calendar 50.The primary purpose of an operating
C. Write file system is:
D. Control panel A. To make the most efficient use of the
Answer: Option D computer hardware
B. To allow people to use the computer
46.Which of the following operating C. To keep systems programmers employed
system reads and reacts in actual time? D. To make computers easier to use
A. Quick Response System Answer: Option A
B. Real Time System
C. Time Sharing System 51.Identify false statement
D. Batch Processing System A. You can find deleted files in recycle bin
Answer: Option B B. You can restore any files in recycle bin if
you ever need
47.The essential difference between an C. You can increase free space of disk by
operating system like Linux and one sending files in recycle bin
like Windows is that D. You can right click and choose Empty
A. Windows can run with an Intel Recycle Bin to clean it at once
processor, whereas Linux cannot Answer: Option C
B. Linux is a proprietary whereas Windows is
not 52.If there are multiple recycle bin for a
C. There are multiple versions of Linux, hard disk
but only one version of Windows A. You can set different size for each recycle
D. Any programmer can modify Linux bin
code which is not permitted with B. You can choose which recycle bin to use to
Windows store your deleted files
Answer: Option D C. You can make any one of them default
recycle bin
48.What is dispatch latency? D. None of above
A. The time taken by the dispatcher to Answer: Option A
stop one process and start another
B. The time taken by the processor to
write a file into disk
C. The whole time taken by all processor
D. None of Above
Answer: Option A
135
53.A page fault occurs when 58.All of the following are TRUE regarding
A. the Deadlock happens virtual memory EXCEPT
B. the Segmentation starts A. Any amount of RAM can be allocated to
C. the page is found in the memory virtual memory
D. the page is not found in the memory B. The setting for the amount of hard disk
Answer: Option D drive space to allocate virtual memory can be
manually change
54.Whenever you move a directory C. This temporary storage is called the swap
from one location to another file or page file
A. All files inside the directory are moved D. Virtual memory is the physical space o the
B. All the subdirectory inside that hard drive
directory are moved Answer: Option A
C. The directory is moved the source file is
not moved 59.The Basic Input Output System (BIOS)
D. Both A and B resides in
Answer: Option D A. RAM
B. ROM
55.The maximum size of a write file is C. The CPU
limited to only D. Memory Cache
A. Name of the file Answer: Option B
B. Extension of the file
C. The amount of memory in your 60.Which of the following does not occur
computer during the power-on-self-test (POST)?
D. All of above A. The scan disk utility begins to run
Answer: Option C B. The video card and video memory are
tested
56.Recently deleted files are stored in C. The BIOS identification process occurs
A. Recycle bin D. Memory chip are checked to ensure that
B. Desktop they are working properly
C. Taskbar Answer: Option A
D. My computer
Answer: Option A 61.Which of the following is drop down
list?
57.Which components appear in the A. List
initial Windows start up display? B. Combo box
A. Dialog boxes C. Text area
B. Start menu D. None
C. Taskbar Answer: Option B
D. All of above
Answer: Option C
136
62.An operating system version 66.A small part of taskbar that has icons of
designed for use with a tablet PC is background running applications is
Microsoft Windows XP A. Start button
A. Home edition B. Quick launch
B. Media center edition C. Task bar
C. Tablet PC edition D. System tray
D. None of the above Answer: Option D
Answer: Option C
67.An operating system version designed
63.If you hard disk is partitioned into 3 for use with a media center PC is Microsoft
drives, the number of recycle bin for Windows XP
that hard disk is A. Home edition
A. 1 B. Media center edition
B. 2 C. Tablet PC edition
C. 3 D. None of above
Answer: Option C
68.The date and time displays on
64.Which runs on computer hardware A. Taskbar
and serve as platform for other B. Status bar
software to run on? C. System tray
A. Operating System D. Launch pad
B. Application Software Answer: Option C
C. System Software
D. All 69....... runs on a computer hardware and
Answer: Option A serves as a platform for other system to
run on
65.Which is the first program run on a A. Operating system
computer when the computer boots up? B. Application system
A. System software C. System software
B. Operating system D. All of above
C. System operations Answer: Option A
D. None
Answer: Option B
137
CHAPTER 02
01.The ....... contains commands 06........ is the layer of a computer system
associated with the My Computer between the hardware and the user
window program
A. Standard menu A. Operating environment
B. Start menu B. Operating system
C. System menu C. System environment
D. None of the above D. None of these
02.Which of the following is/are 07.Which is the layer of a computer

external commands? system between the hardware and the
A. Edit user program
B. Label A. Operating environment
C. Sys B. Operating system
D. All of above C. System environment
Answer: Option D D. None
Answer: Option B
03.Which is not an external command?
A. Edit 08.When you start up the computer the
B. XCOPY boot up storage at which the BIOS
C. Sys versions manufacturer and data are
D. None of the above displayed on the monitor is called
Answer: Option D A. Bootstrap
B. Power on self test (POST)
04.Which of the following is not C. System configuration
essential to shut down your computer? D. Kernel loading
A. Save all opened files Answer: Option B
B. Close all running applications
C. Switch off monitor 09.The operating system is the most
D. Cut off the power supply common type of ...... Software
Answer: Option C A. Communication
B. Application
05.What is Dr. Watson? C. System
A. IT Expert D. Word processing software
B. Diagnosis tool Answer: Option C
C. Surgeon
D. None
Answer: Option B
138
10.You can move a window to a different 15.A bar that inform you the available
position on your screen by dragging it options in your computer, opened
by its applications, background running
A. Move handle applications and can be used to switch
B. Tail between applications quickly is
C. Status bar A. Menu bar
D. Title bar B. Tool bar
Answer: Option A C. Status bar
D. Task bar
11.Taskbar is used for Answer: Option D
A. Navigation program
B. Switching between program 16.Which components appear in the
C. Start a program initial windows start up display?
D. All of above A. Dialog box
Answer: Option D B. Task bar
C. Start menu
12.To install the new font in window XP D. All of the above
A. Start -> setting -> control panel -> font Answer: Option B
B. Start -> setting -> control panel -> font ->
install new font 17.When a peripheral device needs
C. Start -> control panel -> font -> install immediate attention from the operating
new font system, it generates a(n)
D. Start -> setting -> font A. Interrupt
Answer: Option B B. Spool
C. Stack
13.Underlined text, such as text and D. Page file
folder names is referred to as Answer: Option A
A. Hyperlink
B. Menu 18.Which of the following is suitable after
C. Source drive you install new drivers?
D. None of these A. Shut Down
Answer: Option A B. Restart
C. Sleep
14.Windows displays various options to D. Hibernate
shutdown. Which is suitable at the end Answer: Option B
of day?
A. Shut Down 19.Which of the following shutdown
B. Restart method is often called Warm Boot?
C. Sleep A. Shut Down
D. Hibernate B. Restart
Answer: Option A C. Sleep
D. Hibernate
Answer: Option B
139
20.___ is a compromise mode between 25._____ is most often done after fixing a
Shut Down and Sleep mode because it problem, adding a new program or
does not consume power and making configuration change
remembers the current state of your A. Shut Down B. Restart
desktop C. Sleep D. Hibernate
A. Shut Down Answer: Option B
B. Restart
C. Sleep 26.The category of operating system that
D. Hibernate you most likely have running on your PDA
Answer: Option D computer is a ....... Operating system
A. Real time
21.You should choose this mode if you B. Single user, single task
don't know how long you won't use your C. Single user, multitask
computer but want to have the same D. Multiuser, multitask
desktop state when you resume Answer: Option B
A. Shut Down
B. Restart C. Sleep 27.Running multiple programs at the
D. Hibernate same time is called:
Answer: Option D A. Multitasking
B. Foreground tasking
22.What is the meaning of "Hibernate" C. Single tasking
in Windows XP/Windows 7? D. Symmetric
A. Restart the Computer in safe mode Answer: Option A
B. Restart the Computer in hibernate mode
C. Shutdown the Computer terminating all 28.The function of Dir/W is
the running applications A. Show all details of file
D. Shutdown the Computer without closing B. Show only file name and directory name
the running applications C. Shows only directory
Answer: Option D D. All of the above
Answer: Option B
23.Page stealing
A. Is a sign of an efficient system 29.What do you mean by dialog box?
B. Is taking page frame from other working sets A. Interactive message box
C. Should be the turning goal B. Group of options
D. Is taking layer disk space for page in page C. Set of controls
out D. All of the above
24.Dial up connection allows you to 30.To properly exit Windows

A. Connect ISP A. Click the stop button on the desktop
B. Internet B. Click the exit button on the desktop
C. Server C. Select shut down from Start menu
D. All of above D. None of above
140
31.A utility that can be used to minimize 37.Which is not a system tool?
the number of fragmented files and A. Folder
enhance the speed B. Backup
A. Disk space C. Scandisk
B. Defrag D. Format
C. Scandisk Answer: Option A
D. Double space
Answer: Option B 38.Which of the following is a disk
compression tools?
32.To change the volume label A. Drive space
A. Vol B. Label B. Defragmenter
C. Scandisk D. None C. Scandisk
Answer: Option B D. None of the above
Answer: Option A
33.To save your computer from viruses
you will do 39.How can you optimize performance of
A. Install antivirus software and run it your computer?
B. Make physical safe for the removal disk A. Delete unused files
C. Scan the removable disk before using it B. Defrag disk
D. All of the above C. Scan for virus
Answer: Option A D. All of above
Answer: Option D
34.Scandisk
A. Checks the disk 40.Recently used application file list
B. Give information about disk appears in the Windows operating system
C. Run from DOS mode A. Setting menu
D. All of the above B. Documents menu
Answer: Option D C. Run dialog box
D. Programs menu
35....... are specially designed computer Answer: Option B
chips that reside inside other devices,
such as your car or electric thermostat 41.The title bar always displays on
A. Server A. Top of the open windows
B. Embedded computer B. Left side of the open window
C. Robotic computer C. Right side of the open window
D. Mainframes D. All of above
36.Booting means 42.Which is not external command?

A. Restarting computer A. Doskey
B. Installing program B. Verify
C. Removing errors C. Print
D. Switch off D. Find
141
43.When you rename a file five times 48.Which of the following is used to
then the number of file in the disk is display the content of a certain drive or
A. 1 folder?
B. 2 A. Click the drive or folder while holding
C. 3 down the Alt key
D. 5 B. Triple click the drive or folder
Answer: Option A C. Right click the drive or folder
D. Double click the drive or folder
44.When you open my computer on Answer: Option D
desktop you see the information of
A. Hard disk 49.Which of the following file menu
B. CD option saves document to disk?
C. Removable disk A. Save
D. All of the above B. Create
Answer: Option D C. Rename
D. All of above
45.Which of the following is not process Answer: Option A
states?
A. New 50....... is an intermediate storage for
B. Running deleted files
C. Ready A. My computer
D. Finished B. My documents
Answer: Option D C. Recycle bin
D. None of above
46.In DOS, the maximum length of Answer: Option C
filename is
A. 5 51.We can start the application from?
B. 8 A. Log off
C. 11 B. Network place
D. 10 C. Recycle bin
Answer: Option B D. Run
Answer: Option D
47.CAD software is most likely to be
used by 52.The question mark (?) indicates in file
A. Web designer searching
B. Engineers A. A single character
C. Project Manager B. A group of character
D. Magazine Editor C. Questions
Answer: Option B D. None of above
Answer: Option A
142
53.What is the method of handling 58.Save operation means

deadlocks? A. Put data into processor
A. Use a protocol to ensure that the system B. Put data into internal memory
will never enter a deadlock state C. Put data into secondary storage
B. Allow the system to enter the deadlock D. Put data into monitor
state and then recover Answer: Option C
C. Pretend that deadlocks never occur in
the system 59.A spooler is a
D. All of the Above A. Location in memory that maintains the
Answer: Option D contents of documents until it prints out
B. Queue of print job that are waiting to print
54.To display a shortcut menu for an C. Program that coordinates the print job
object you use that are waiting to process
A. Click the object D. Message sent from the printer to the
B. Right click the object operating system when a print job is
C. Point the object and press Ctrl+P completed
D. Touch the object on the screen with your Answer: Option C
finger
Answer: Option B 60.The problem with .... file is that they
slow your computer's operation
55.Which of the following separates A. Fragmented
primary file and extension is B. Formatted
A. Dot C. Program
B. Period D. All of above
C. Point Answer: Option A
D. All of the above
Answer: Option D 61.User action such as keystroke or
mouse click are referred to as
56.In Microsoft windows, the graphical A. Interrupt
pattern on the desktop used as B. Tasks
background for windows is C. Processes
A. Icons D. Event
B. Wall paper Answer: Option D
C. Picture
D. Background 62.To delete a file without allowing it to
Answer: Option B store in recycle bin
A. Press Delete key
57.Which of the following is not an B. Press Shift + Delete key
operating system? C. Press Ctrl + Delete key
A. CP / M D. Press Alt + Delete key
B. Unix Answer: Option B
C. Pascal
D. MS DOS
Answer: Option C
143
63.Underlined character on the menu or 67.Operating system is a ......

dialog box known as A. System software
A. Hot spot B. Application software
B. Hot key C. Presentation software
C. Pane D. Database software
D. Underline word Answer: Option A
Answer: Option B
68.All of the following are task performed
64.The chunks of a memory are known by the operating system except
as A. Managing hardware on the computer
A. Sector B. Controlling the access that application
B. Offset program has to the CPU
C. Page C. Performing housekeeping task like file
D. Frame compression and disk defragmentation
Answer: Option D D. Provides an interface for user to interact
with computer
65.Which file is transferred when Answer: Option C
computer is start up?
A. Document 69.Operating system is like a
B. Program files A. Government
C. Operating system B. Police
D. System files C. Parliament
Answer: Option D D. All of above
Answer: Option A
66.Start / restart the computer is called
A. Exit 70.Which key deletes text before, or to the
B. Run left, of the insertion point?
C. Option A. PageUp
D. Boot B. Delete
Answer: Option D C. PageDown
D. BackSpace
Answer: Option D
144
CHAPTER 03
01.Which of the following is an 06.You can select My Computer icon and
example of utility? press Alt + Enter to
A. Antivirus A. Delete it from desktop permanently
B. Word B. Open it in Explorer mode
C. Operating system C. Open System Properties dialog box
D. Data recovery D. Pin it on Start menu
02.Which is built directly on the 07.Generally quick launch toolbar is

hardware? displayed on
A. Computer Environment A. the left side of taskbar
B. Application Software B. the right side of taskbar
C. Operating System C. on the middle of taskbar
D. Database System D. a bar out of taskbar
03....... system is built directly on the 08.Which is not a valid file system?
hardware A. FAT 16
A. Environment B. FAT 32
B. System C. NTFS
C. Operating D. FXZ
D. None Answer: Option D
Answer: Option C
09.Which file system DOS typically use?
04.The purpose of run command in A. FAT 16
start menu is to B. FAT 32
A. Launch internet browser C. NTFS
B. Open internet explorer D. LMFS
C. Open windows explorer Answer: Option A
D. Start programs
Answer: Option D 10.Which file system Windows 95 typically
use?
05.Which of the following is not a A. FAT 16
mode in starting Windows? B. FAT 32
A. Command Prompt C. NTFS
B. Safe Mode D. LMFS
C. Normal Mode Answer: Option B
D. Turbo Mode
Answer: Option D
145
11.The file system "NTFS" stands for 17.Which of the following is default mode
A. New Type File System for Windows to start?
B. Never Terminated File System A. Command Prompt
C. New Technology File System B. Safe Mode
D. Non Terminated File System C. Normal Mode
Answer: Option C D. None of above
Answer: Option C
12.How do you connect internet in
your system? 18.Which one of the following is not the
A. My computer >> dialup networking function of Operating System?
B. Control panel >> modem A. Resource Management
C. Network neighborhood B. File Management
D. None of above C. Networking
Answer: Option A D. Processor Management
Answer: Option C
13.Which of the following is text
browser? 19.The following applications may appear
A. Lynx B. Hot Java on system tray except
C. c. Netscape D. Internet Explorer A. System Clock
Answer: Option A B. Volume Control
C. Network Connection
14.By default we can save the file in D. MS Office Suite
A. Desktop Answer: Option D
B. Recycle bin
C. My document 20.Which of the following is default location
D. My computer of saving and opening file?
Answer: Option C A. Desktop
B. My computer
15.It is used to explorer the contents of C. My documents
computer, drives as well as manage D. All of above
files Answer: Option C
A. Recent Places
B. My Document 21.____ is the operating systems File and
C. My Computer folder Manager
D. My Network Place A. Windows Explorer
Answer: Option B B. Windows Control Panel
C. My Computer
16.The OS used to operate the mobile D. My Documents
phone is a Answer: Option A
A. Smart card OS
B. Embedded OS
C. Multiuser OS
D. None of above
Answer: Option B
146
22.UNIX operating system is a(n) 27....... is used in operating system to

A. Time sharing operating system separate mechanism from policy
B. Multi-user operating system A. Single level implementation
C. Multi-tasking operating system B. Two level implementation
D. All of the above C. Multi level implementation
Answer: Option D D. None
Answer: Option B
23.Disk label name can be up to ......
characters 28.The modern keyboard typically has
A. 8 __________ Function keys.
B. 9 A. 10
C. 11 B. 12
D. 255 C. 14
Answer: Option C D. 16
Answer: Option B
24.The ability of an operating system
to control the activities of multiple 29.Essential files of MS DOS are
program at the same time is called A. Command.com
A. Multitasking B. Io.sys
B. Multiprocessing C. Msdos.sys
C. Multioperating D. All of above
D. Multipaging Answer: Option D
Answer: Option A
30.Which Operating System doesn't support
25.The necessary conditions needed long file names?
before deadlock can occur? A. OS / 2
A. No Mutual Exclusion, Hold and wait, B. Windows 95
Preemption, Circular Wait C. MS-DOS
B. Mutual Exclusion, No Hold and wait, D. Windows NT
Preemption, Circular Wait Answer: Option C
C. Mutual Exclusion, Hold and wait, No
Preemption, Circular Wait 31.We need system files to run
D. Mutual Exclusion, Hold and wait, A. MS Word
Preemption, No Circular Wait B. MS Excel
Answer: Option C C. MS Dos
D. MS Access
26.Press the ..... button to have the Answer: Option C
window fill the entire screen
A. Close 32.What is the function of folder?
B. Maximize A. Save files
C. Minimize B. Delete files
D. None of the above C. Move files
Answer: Option D
147
33.Which windows features can be 37.Which button might you find in a

accessed from the start menu? windows title bar?
A. Help A. Close button
B. Windows Explorer B. Maximize button
C. Microsoft Network C. Minimize button
D. All of above D. All of the above
34.The box on ....... that allows you to 38........ are list of commands that appear on
choose where to go and is located the screen
below the standard toolbar A. GUIS
A. System menu B. Icons
B. Address bar C. Menus
C. Menu bar D. Windows
D. None of these Answer: Option C
Answer: Option B
39.A ...... is a set of computer instructions
35.A real time operating system is that carry out a task on the computer
most likely to be used for which of the A. Program
following task? B. Database
A. Controlling access to a shared printer C. Memory files
in a network D. None of the above
B. Ensuring that system clock works Answer: Option A
correctly on server
C. Managing the access to system files in a 40.An operating system is a program or a
laptop computers group of programs that
D. Controlling the fuel injection system of A. Helps in checking the spelling of Word
an automobile engines B. Maintain the relationship in Database
Answer: Option D C. Manages the resources of the Computer
D. Performs the calculations of cells in Excel
36.The Primary job of the operating Answer: Option C
system is
A. Manage Commands 41.What is the function of an operating
B. Manage Users system?
C. Manage Programs A. Manages computer’s resources very
D. Manage Resources efficiently
Answer: Option D B. Takes care of scheduling jobs for execution
C. Manages the flow of data and instructions
D. All of the above
Answer: Option D
148
42.Scandisk analyze and repair 47.Which of the following is not an

damage to which of the following? operating system?
A. Physical clusters A. Windows 2000
B. FAT B. Linux
C. Lost clusters C. Mac OS
D. All of the above D. Notepad
43....... is a new windows feature that 48.When we double click on my computer

offers a number of methods for A. Show the content of your saved files
searching for a file or folder? B. Show the list of your computer drive
A. Find C. List of deleted files and folders
B. Search D. All of the above
C. Locate Answer: Option B
D. All of the above
Answer: Option A 49.Directory is similar to ......
A. File
44.Which of the following is the part of B. Folder
the operating system? C. Item
A. Cell D. None of above
B. FAT Answer: Option B
C. Kernel
D. Disk 50.Sleep is a good mode to use because
Answer: Option C A. It saves power which in true is saving
money
45.What hole will allocates in "Worst- B. It makes computer fresh after it wakes up
Fit" algorithm of memory C. It consumes low battery when you start it
management? again
A. It allocates the smaller hole than D. All of above
required memory hole Answer: Option A
B. It allocates the smallest hole from the
available memory holes 51.The operating feature that integrates the
C. It allocates the largest hole from the file created in different application into
available memory holes WebPages
D. It allocates the exact same size A. Web integration
memory hole B. Internet integration
Answer: Option C C. Intranet integration
D. Hypertext integration
46.Find can be used to Answer: Option A
A. Locate a program
B. Locate a document
C. Locate a network computer
D. All of above
Answer: Option D
149
52.Which icon would you access in the 57.Which of the following is the allocation
printer window to install a printer method of a disk space?
drive? A. Contiguous allocation
A. Add printer wizard B. Linked allocation
B. Setup C. Indexed allocation
C. Install D. All of the Above
D. None of above Answer: Option D
Answer: Option A
58.When you cut or copy the text or picture,
53.You can set the width taskbar area it stores temporarily in the
and different components in it A. File
A. By right click and set width menu B. Clipboard
B. If the taskbar is not yet locked C. Icon
C. If the applications are not opened D. All of above
D. If other toolbars are not enabled Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B
59.To send email, we use
54.A tiny dot of light on the monitor is A. MS Excel
called B. Outlook Explorer
A. Silicon chip C. HTML
B. Optical illusion D. Netscape Navigator
C. Icon Answer: Option B
D. Pixel
Answer: Option D 60.Which of the following concept is best to
preventing page faults?
55.Who is called a supervisor of A. Paging
computer activity? B. The working set
A. Memory C. Hit ratios
B. Operating System D. Address location resolution
C. I / O Devices Answer: Option B
D. Control Unit
Answer: Option B 61.Where will store data first time when
you copy
56.Operating System manages A. Clipboard
A. Memory B. Clipbook
B. Processor C. Hard disk
C. I / O devices D. CD
Answer: Option D
150
62Poor response time are usually 68.Use of icons and windows are
caused by characteristics of ....... interface
A. Process busy A. Command driven
B. High I/I rates B. Windows orientated
C. High paging rate C. Graphical user
D. Any of the above D. Menu driven
63.GUI means 69.What does FAT stands for?

A. Graphic user interface A. File attribute type
B. Geographic user interface B. File allocation table
C. Graphical user interface C. Format All Tabs settings
D. Geometric user interface D. File for all type
64.Windows can run 70.Which is not concerned with control

A. One application only panel?
B. Two applications only A. Printer
C. Four applications only B. Run application
D. All of above C. Font
Answer: Option D D. Keyboard
Answer: Option B
65.Fonts install from
A. Add from control panel 71.A ..... is a windows component that is
B. Font setup file designed to store other components so
C. Font.exe file these can be organized efficiently?
D. All of above A. Document
Answer: Option D B. Window
C. Folder
66.Unicode standard is D. All of above
A. Keyboard layout Answer: Option C
B. Software
C. Font 72.A ...... is a set of computer instructions
D. Character encoding system that carry out a task on the computer
Answer: Option D A. Program
B. Database
67.The box on ....... that allows you to C. Memory files
choose where to go and is located D. None of the above
below the standard toolbar Answer: Option A
A. System menu
B. Address bar
C. Menu bar
D. None of these
Answer: Option B
151
CHAPTER 04
01.What is contained in the page 06.You can switch from one program to
table? another on the desktop by clicking within
A. Base address of each frame and the desired program's window or by
corresponding page number clicking on its ...... button
B. Memory address and corresponding A. Icon
page number B. Taskbar button
C. File name and corresponding page C. Folder
number D. None of above
D. None of Above Answer: Option B
Answer: Option A
07.You can switch from one program to
02.Tree structure displays the another by clicking within the desired
A. File only program's icon from the
B. Directory only A. Application icon on desktop
C. File and directory name B. Application icon from taskbar
D. None of above C. Folder
Answer: Option B
03.Windows 2000 server uses the
A. FAT 16 08.Virtual memory typically located on
B. NTFS A. RAM
C. FAT 64 B. CPU
D. FAT 32 C. Flash card
Answer: Option B D. Hard drive
Answer: Option D
04.First-in-First-Out (FIFO) scheduling
is 09.Which one of the following key is used to
A. Non Preemptive Scheduling refresh the active window?
B. Preemptive Scheduling A. F7
C. Fair Share Scheduling B. F8
D. Deadline Scheduling C. F9
Answer: Option A D. F5
Answer: Option D
05.To display system boot menu which
of the following key you must press? 10.Press ____ key while booting to display
A. F4 Advanced Boot Menu
B. F7 A. F5
C. F8 B. F6
D. F5 C. F8
Answer: Option C D. Del
Answer: Option C
152
11.Which of the following key is used 17.In a folder, which of the following key is
to move the pointer from one pane to used to rename the file or folder
next pane? A. F3
A. F3 B. F4
B. F4 C. F2
C. F5 D. F7
D. F6 Answer: Option C
Answer: Option D
18.Which of the following file format
12.A character that represents one or supports in Windows 7?
more unknown character is A. NTFS
A. Wildcard character B. BSD
B. All file name C. EXT
C. Extensions D. All of the above
D. None of above Answer: Option A
Answer: Option A
19.Multi programming systems ......
13.Anything you cut or copy on to the A. Are easier to develop than single
clipboard remains there until you programming system
A. Change it B. Execute each job faster
B. Clear C. Execute more jobs in the same time period
C. Exit windows D. Are used only by large mainframe computer
Answer: Option C
20.To print documents from Windows
14.Netscape navigator is a A. File >> Print
A. Browser B. Drag the document icon over your printers
B. Compose icon
C. Editor C. Edit print
D. None of these D. Both A and B
15.Which of the following appear in 21.The operating system allows the user to
Windows menu bar? organize the computer's contents in a
A. Help B. File hierarchical structure of directories that
C. Edit D. All of above include all of the following except:
Answer: Option D A. Files
B. Folders
16.Which operating system uses short C. Drives
file names? D. System
A. Windows B. Unix Answer: Option D
C. DOS
D. All of above
Answer: Option C
153
22.It is the default folder for many 27.Which operating system does not
Windows Applications to save your file support long file names?
A. My Document A. OS/2
B. My Pictures B. Windows 98
C. Documents and Settings C. DOS 6.2
D. My Computer D. Windows NT
23.The component of Windows that 28.Bringing a page into memory only when
lets you to transfer contents from one it is needed, this mechanism is called
document to another A. Deadlock
A. Briefcase B. Page Fault
B. Clipboard C. Dormant Paging
C. Document D. Demand Paging
D. Boot Answer: Option D
Answer: Option B
29.What do you mean by Memory
24.Desktop is a Compaction?
A. Provides work space A. Combine multiple equal memory holes into
B. Screen saver one big hole
C. Display program B. Combine multiple small memory holes into
D. Working with my document one big hole
Answer: Option A C. Divide big memory hole into small holes
D. Divide memory hole by 2
25.Which of the following statement Answer: Option B
about directories is false?
A. Directories can exist inside directories 30.Which of the following is not a system
B. The root directory is always at the tool?
highest level A. Scandisk
C. Directories cannot be renamed B. Drive space
D. Directories can be deleted C. Disk defragmenter
Answer: Option C D. Doskey
Answer: Option D
26.Any files deleted in Windows goes
into 31.The program that is responsible for
A. Trash can loading the operating system into RAM is
B. Recycle bin called
C. Deleted Files A. BIOS
D. None of above B. Bootstrap program
Answer: Option B C. Device driver
D. Supervisor program
Answer: Option B
154
32.Which of the following is a disk 37.Copying a process from memory to disk

compression tool? to allow space for other processes is Called
A. Drive space A. Swapping
B. Scan disk B. Deadlock
C. Defragmenter C. Demand Paging
D. None of the above D. Page Fault
33.A ..... allows you to write on screen 38.What does Belady's Anomaly related to?
with a digital pen and convert that A. Page Replacement Algorithm
writing into characters that the PC can B. Memory Management Algorithm
process C. Deadlock Prevention Algorithm
A. Monitor RS D. Disk Scheduling Algorithm
B. Tablet PC Answer: Option A
C. Database manager
D. Media Center 39.Driver is
Answer: Option B A. Hardware controller
B. Hardware and gain controller
34.System files allocated at C. Data controller
A. Boot area D. All of above
B. FAT area Answer: Option A
C. Data area
D. Directory 40....... transforms one interface into other
Answer: Option A interface
A. Program
35........ show characteristics with both B. Software
hardware and software C. Data
A. Operating system D. None
B. Software Answer: Option B
C. Data
D. None 41......... interface consists of thing like
Answer: Option A program counter, register, interrupts and
terminal
36.Which of the following command is A. Hardware
used to switch between the window B. Software
programs? C. Data
A. Alt+Tab D. None
B. Alt+F4 Answer: Option A
C. Ctrl+Tab
Answer: Option A
155
42.During the boot process, the ..... 47.To prevent the addition and deletion of
looks for the system file files on a disk or tape we use
A. CD A. Format
B. BIOS B. Write protect
C. CPU C. Create back up
D. DVD D. None of above
43.What are the two types of 48.Which of the following resources must
Semaphore? be protected by the operating system?
A. Digital Semaphores and Binary A. I/O
Semaphores B. Memory
B. Analog Semaphores and Octal C. CPU
Semaphores D. All of the above
C. Counting Semaphores and Binary Answer: Option D
Semaphores
D. Critical Semaphores and System 49.Who is called a supervisor of computer
Semaphores activity?
Answer: Option C A. CPU
B. OS
44.From where do you change mouse C. Control Unit
setting? D. Application Program
A. Setting >> mouse Answer: Option B
B. Hardware setting
C. Control panel >> mouse 50.Font folder is located on
D. None of the above A. Program folder
Answer: Option C B. Ms Word file
C. Control Panel folder
45.The core of operating system is: D. Desktop folder
A. Unix Answer: Option C
B. Kernel
C. Command.com 51.Work group means
D. None of these A. Computer in network
Answer: Option B B. Individual user
C. Connection
46.Part of the POST process is to D. All of the above
ensure that the test of essential Answer: Option A
peripheral device coincides with the
hardware configuration that stored in 52.What should be the extension to execute
A. ROM files?
B. The hard drive A. EXE B. BAT
C. CMOS C. COM
D. Cache Memory D. All of the above
156
53.Boot startup process 58.The memory resident portion of

A. Loads system files to RAM operating system is called the
B. Checks the computer connections A. Registry
C. Clean up the computer memory B. API
D. Prepare the computer ready C. CMOS
Answer: Option A D. Kernel
Answer: Option D
54.When you delete file, where it
resides? 59.Which of the following memory unit that
A. Briefcase processor can access more rapidly
B. Recycle bin A. Main Memory
C. CD B. Virtual Memory
D. Desktop C. Cache memory
Answer: Option B D. Read Only Memory
Answer: Option C
55.To change the screen saver you can
go from 60.Small pictures appear on the desktop
A. Control panel display A. Windows
B. Right click in desktop and properties B. Icon
C. Both of Above C. Button
D. None of These D. None of above
56.The ....... is a temporary storage area 61.A graphical user interface displays
in memory where you can attach text A. Graphics
or graphics information B. Text
A. Clipboard C. Both of Above
B. Copyboard D. None of Above
C. Both a and b Answer: Option C
D. None of above
Answer: Option A 62.You can add or remove program
A. Add / Remove program from control panel
57.When a computer is first turned on B. Delete the shortcut icon from desktop
or restarted, a special type of absolute C. Both A and B
loader called D. None of Above
A. Compile and go loader Answer: Option A
B. Boot loader
C. Bootstrap loader 63.An embedded object might appear in a
D. Relating loader document as
Answer: Option C A. Embedding
B. Linking
C. Both
D. None of above
Answer: Option A
157
64.Which of the following is a correct 67.In which type of the following OS, the
association between a vendor and an response time is very crucial.
operating system A. Network Operating System
A. Redhat Linux B. Real Time Operating System
B. Microsoft Unix C. Batch Operating System
C. AT & T DOS D. Unix Operating System
D. Novell Linux Answer: Option B
Answer: Option A
68....... controls the way in which the
65.Which one of the following is not a computer system functions and provides a
layer of operating system? means by which users can interact with the
A. Kernel computer
B. Shell A. The platform
C. Application program B. The operating system
D. Critical selection C. Application software
Answer: Option D D. The motherboard
Answer: Option B
66.The virtual memory is
A. An extremely large main memory 69.Which is not the function of the
B. An extremely large secondary memory operating system?
C. An illusion of extremely large main A. Memory management
memory B. Disk management
D. A type of memory used in super C. Application management
computer D. Virus protection
70.Internet Explorer is
A. an Internet browser
B. provided by Windows OS
C. an access point for Word Wide Web
D. All of above
Answer: Option D
158
CHAPTER 05
01.Which of the key is used to close the 06.The windows feature is the ability of
active window? computer to automatically configure a new
A. Ctrl+F4 hardware component is that
B. Ctrl+F5 A. Auto detect
C. Alt+F6 B. Plug and play
D. None of above C. Add remove hardware
Answer: Option D D. None of above
Answer: Option B
02.The shortcut key to open a task
manager is: 07.Which of the following is not a part of
A. Alt + F1 the control panel?
B. Alt + Ctrl + Delete A. Date and time
C. Alt + Tab B. My documents
D. F1 C. Add or remove program
Answer: Option B D. Display
Answer: Option B
03.Which of the following is a program
group? 08.The ...... provides information about
A. Word pad hardware installation, configuration and
B. Paint brush hardware status
C. Accessories A. Device manager
D. None of the above B. Control panel
Answer: Option C C. Add new hardware
D. Program manager
04.A program in execution is called Answer: Option A
A. A Paging
B. A Process 09.What is the default file extension
C. A virtual memory created by notepad?
D. A Demand Page A. .doc
Answer: Option B B. .html
C. .txt
05.Which of the following is not the D. .tif
user file extension? Answer: Option C
A. .ppt
B. .xls 10.Which of the following is the extension
C. .sys of WordPad?
D. .doc A. .ppt
Answer: Option C B. .xls
C. .rtf
D. None of above
Answer: Option C
159
11.Which of the following is not a 16.What is the extension of the font file?
video file extension? A. .ttf
A. .avi B. .mdb
B. .wav C. .fft
C. .mpeg D. .txt
D. .mov Answer: Option A
Answer: Option B
17.Which is not executable file?
12.To move to the beginning of a line A. .com
of text, press the __________ key. B. .exe
A. A C. .bat
B. PgUp D. .txt
C. Enter Answer: Option D
D. Home
Answer: Option D 18.When was MS Windows operating
system introduced?
13.First operating system was A. 1975
developed in B. 1985
A. 1958 C. 1995
B. 1976 D. 2000
C. 1956 Answer: Option B
D. 1946
Answer: Option C 19.The part of machine level instruction,
which tells the central processor what has
14.The maximum length of any single to be done, is
path from the root directory? A. Operation code
A. 54 B. Address
B. 63 C. Locator
C. 80 D. Flip-Flop
15.Which of the following refers to the 20.To avoid the race condition, the number
associative memory? of processes that may be simultaneously
A. the address of the data is generated by inside their critical section is
the CPU A. 8
B. the address of the data is supplied by B. 1
the users C. 16
C. there is no need for an address i.e. the D. 0
data is used as an address E. None of the above
D. the data are accessed sequentially Answer: Option B
Answer: Option C
160
21.A system program that combines 25.Process is

the separately compiled modules of a A. program in High level language kept on disk
program into a form suitable for B. contents of main memory
execution C. a program in execution
A. assembler D. a job in secondary memory
B. linking loader E. None of the above
C. cross compiler Answer: Option C
D. load and go
E. None of the above 26.Addressing structure
Answer: Option B A. defines the fundamental method of
determining effective operand addresses
22.The Storage-to-Storage instructions B. are variations in the use of fundamental
A. have both their operands in the main addressing structures, or some associated
store. actions which are related to addressing.
B. which perform an operation on a C. performs indicated operations on two fast
register operand and an operand which is registers of the machine and leave the result in
located in the main store, generally one of the registers.
leaving the result in the register, expect in D. all of the above
the case of store operation when it is also E. None of the above
C. which perform indicated operations on Answer: Option A
two fast registers of the machine and
have the result in one of the registers 27.The Memory Buffer Register (MBR)
D. all of the above A. is a hardware memory device which denotes
Answer: Option A the location of the current instruction being
executed.
23.The LRU algorithm B. is a group of electrical circuits (hardware),
A. pages out pages that have been used that performs the intent of instructions fetched
recently from memory.
B. pages out pages that have not been C. contains the address of the memory location
used recently that is to be read from or stored into.
C. pages out pages that have been least D. contains a copy of the designated memory
used recently location specified by the MAR after a "read" or
D. pages out the first page in a given area the new contents of the memory prior to a
Answer: Option C "write".
Answer: Option D
24.Which of the following systems
software does the job of merging the 28.The strategy of allowing processes that
records from two files into one? are logically runnable to be temporarily
A. Security software suspended is called
B. Utility program A. preemptive scheduling
C. Networking software B. non preemptive scheduling
D. Documentation system C. shortest job first
E. None of the above D. first come first served
161
29.Thrashing 33.Fork is
A. is a natural consequence of virtual A. the dispatching of a task
memory systems B. the creation of a new job
B. can always be avoided by swapping C. the creation of a new process
C. always occurs on large computers D. increasing the priority of a task
D. can be caused by poor paging E. None of the above
algorithms Answer: Option C
Answer: Option D 34.Supervisor state is
A. never used
30.Which of the following instruction B. entered by programs when they enter the
steps, would be written within the processor
diamond-shaped box, of a flowchart? C. required to perform any I/O
A. S = B - C D. only allowed to the operating system
B. IS A<10 E. None of the above
C. PRINT A Answer: Option D
D. DATA X,4Z
E. None of the above 35.Which of the following statements is
Answer: Option B false?
A. the technique of storage compaction
31.User-Friendly Systems are: involves moving all occupied areas of storage
A. required for object-oriented to one end or other of main storage
programming B. compaction does not involve relocation of
B. easy to develop programs
C. common among traditional mainframe C. compaction is also know as garbage
operating systems collection
D. becoming more common D. the system must stop everything while it
E. None of the above performs the compaction
Answer: Option B
32.Which of the following addressing
modes, facilitates access to an operand 36.Interprocess communication
whose location is defined relative to A. is required for all processes
the beginning of the data structure in B. is usually done via disk drives
which it appears? C. is never necessary,
A. ascending D. allows processes to synchronize activity
B. sorting E. None of the above
C. index Answer: Option D
D. indirect
Answer: Option C
162
37.While running DOS on a PC, which 41.Which of the following functions is(are)
command would be used to duplicate performed by the loader
the entire diskette? A. allocate space in memory for the programs
A. COPY and resolve symbolic references between
B. DISKCOPY object decks
C. CHKDSK B. adjust all address dependent locations, such
D. TYPE as address constants, to correspond to the
E. None of the above allocated space.
Answer: Option B C. physically place the machine instructions
and data into memory.
38.Which of the following rules out the D. All of the above
use of GO TO? E. None of the above
A. Flowchart Answer: Option D
B. HIPO-DIAGRAMS
C. Nassi-Shneiderman diagram 42.Memory
D. All of the above A. is a device that performs a sequence of
E. None of the above operations specified by instructions in
Answer: Option C memory.
B. is the device where information is stored
39.A system program that sets up an C. is a sequence of instructions
executable program in main memory D. is typically characterized by interactive
ready for execution is processing and time-slicing of the CPU
A. assembler E. None of the above
B. linker Answer: Option B
C. loader
D. compiler 43.Which of the following are loaded into
E. None of the above main memory when the computer is
Answer: Option C booted?
A. internal command instructions
40.The FIFO algorithm B. external command instructions
A. executes first the job that last entered C. utility programs
the queue D. word processing instructions
B. executes first the job that first entered E. None of the above
the queue Answer: Option A
C. execute first the job that has been in
the queue the longest 44.What is the name given to the organized
D. executes first the job with the least collection of software that controls the
processor needs overall operation of a computer?
E. None of the above A. Working system
Answer: Option B B. Peripheral system
C. Operating system
D. Controlling system
Answer: Option C
163
50.The register or main memory location

45.The principle of locality of which contains the effective address of the
reference justifies the use of operand is known as
A. reenterable A. pointer
B. non reusable B. indexed register
C. virtual memory C. special location
D. cache memory D. scratch pad
Answer: Option D
51.Assembly code data base is associated
46.Thrashing can be avoided if with
A. the pages, belonging to the working set A. assembly language version of the program
of the programs, are in main memory which is created by the code generation phase
B. the speed of CPU is increased and is input to the assembly phase.
C. the speed of I/O processor is increased B. a permanent table of decision rules in the
D. all of the above form of patterns for matching with the uniform
E. None of the above symbol table to discover syntactic structure.
Answer: Option A C. consists of a full or partial list or the token
D. a permanent table which lists all key words
47.In analyzing the compilation of PL/I and special symbols of the language in
program, the term "Lexical analysis" is symbolic form.
associated with Answer: Option A
A. recognition of basic syntactic
constructs through reductions. 52.Resolution of externally defined
B. recognition of basic elements and symbols is performed by
creation of uniform symbols A. Linker
C. creation of more optional matrix. B. Loader
D. use of macro processor to produce C. Compiler
more optimal assembly code D. Assembler
Answer: Option B
53.The Memory Address Register
48.System generation: A. is a hardware memory device which denotes the
A. is always quite simple location of the current instruction being executed.
B. is always very difficult B. is a group of electrical circuits (hardware),
C. varies in difficulty between systems that performs the intent of instructions fetched
D. requires extensive tools to be from memory.
understandable C. contains the address of the memory location
E. None of the above that is to be read from or stored into.
Answer: Option C D. contains a copy of the designated memory
location specified by the MAR after a "read" or
the new contents of the memory prior to a
"write".
Answer: Option C
164
54.Which of the following are(is) 58.In virtual memory systems, Dynamic

Language Processor(s) address translation
A. assembles A. is the hardware necessary to implement
B. compilers paging
C. interpreters B. stores pages at a specific location on disk
D. All of the above C. is useless when swapping is used
E. None of the above D. is part of the operating system paging
Answer: Option D algorithm
55.In which addressing mode the Answer: Option A
effective address of the operand is the
contents of a register specified in the 59.Fragmentation of the file system
instruction and after accessing the A. occurs only if the file system is used
operand, the contents of this register improperly
is incremented to point to the next B. can always be prevented
item in the list? C. can be temporarily removed by compaction
A. index addressing D. is a characteristic of all file systems
B. indirect addressing E. None of the above
C. auto increment Answer: Option C
D. auto decrement
E. None of the above 60.A non-relocatable program is one which
Answer: Option C A. can not be made to execute in any area of
storage other than the one designated for it at
56.The memory allocation scheme the time of its coding or translation.
subject to "external" fragmentation is B. consists of a program and relevant
A. segmentation information for its relocation.
B. swapping C. can itself performs the relocation of its
C. pure demand paging address-sensitive portions.
D. multiple contiguous fixed partitions D. all of the above
57.While working with MS-DOS, which 61.What is the name of the operating
command will you use to transfer a system for the laptop computer called
specific file from one disk to another? MacLite?
A. DISKCOPY A. Windows
B. COPY B. DOS
C. RENAME C. MS-DOS
D. FORMAT D. OZ
165
62.In which addressing mode the 66.What is the name given to the values
contents of a register specified in the that are automatically provided by
instruction are first decremented, and software to reduce keystrokes and improve
then these contents are used as the a computer user's productivity?
effective address of the operands? A. Defined values
A. index addressing B. Fixed values
B. indirect addressing C. Default values
C. auto increment D. Special values
D. auto decrement E. None of the above
Answer: Option D
67.In MS-DOS 5.0, which is the number that
63.Page stealing acts as a code to uniquely identify the
A. is a sign of an efficient system software product?
B. is taking page frames from other A. MS
working sets B. DOS
C. should be the tuning goal C. MS DOS
D. is taking larger disk spaces for pages D. 5
paged out E. None of the above
Answer: Option B
68.Bug means
64.Memory management is : A. A logical error in a program
A. not used in modern operating system B. A difficult syntax error in a program
B. replaced with virtual memory on C. Documenting programs using an efficient
current systems documentation tool
C. not used on multiprogramming D. All of the above
systems E. None of the above
D. critical for even the simplest operating Answer: Option A
systems
E. None of the above 69.The Register - to - Register (RR)
Answer: Option D instructions
A. have both their operands in the main store.
65.The initial value of the semaphore B. which perform an operation on a register
that allows only one of the many operand and an operand which is located in
processes to enter their critical the main store, generally leaving the result in
sections, is the register, except in the case of store
A. 8 operation when it is also
B. 1 C. which perform indicated operations on two
C. 16 fast registers of the machine and leave the
D. 0 result in one of the registers.
E. None of the above D. all of the above
Answer: Option C
166
70.An algorithm is best described as 71.A page fault

A. A computer language A. is an error is a specific page
B. A step by step procedure for solving a B. occurs when a program accesses a page of
problem memory
C. A branch of mathematics C. is an access to a page not currently in
D. All of the above memory
E. None of the above D. is a reference to a page belonging to another
Answer: Option B program
Answer: Option C
167
CHAPTER 06
01.Block caches or buffer caches are 05.The process of transferring data
used intended for a peripheral device into a disk
A. to improve disk performance (or intermediate store) so that it can be
B. to handle interrupts transferred to peripheral at a more
C. to increase the capacity of the main convenient time or in bulk, is known as
memory A. multiprogramming
D. to speed up main memory read B. spooling
operation C. caching
E. None of the above D. virtual programming
02.Which of the following statements 06.The action of parsing the source

is false? program into the proper syntactic classes is
A. a small page size causes large page known as
tables A. syntax analysis
B. internal fragmentation is increased B. lexical analysis
with small pages C. interpretation analysis
C. a large page size causes instructions D. general syntax analysis
and data that will not be referenced E. None of the above
brought into primary storage Answer: Option B
D. I/O transfers are more efficient with
large pages 07.Which, of the following is not true about
E. None of the above the description of a decision table?
Answer: Option B A. A decision table is easy to modify
B. A decision table is directly understood by
03.Which of the following is false the computer
about disk when compared to main C. A decision table is easy to understand
memory? D. All of the above
A. non-volatile E. None of the above
B. longer storage capacity Answer: Option B
C. lower price per bit
D. faster 08.Trojan-Horse programs
Answer: Option D A. are legitimate programs that allow
unauthorized access
04.Producer consumer problem can be B. do not usually work
solved using C. are hidden programs that do not show up on
A. semaphores the system
B. event counters D. usually are immediately discovered
C. monitors E. None of the above
D. all of the above Answer: Option A
Answer: Option D
168
09.Seeks analysis 13.When did IBM release the first version of

A. is used for analyzing paging problems disk operating system DOS version 1.0?
B. is used for analyzing device busy A. 1981
problems B. 1982
C. is used for analyzing control-unit busy C. 1983
problems D. 1984
D. is only shown on real-time displays E. None of the above
Answer: Option B
14.Most of the microcomputer's operating
10.Which is a permanent database in systems like Apple DOS, MS DOS and PC DOS
the general model of the compiler? etc. are called disk operating systems
A. Literal Table because
B. Identifier Table A. they are memory resident
C. Terminal Table B. they are initially stored on disk
D. Source code C. they are available on magnetic tapes
E. None of the above D. they are partly in primary memory and
Answer: Option C partly on disk
11.Operating system Answer: Option B
A. links a program with the subroutines it
references 15.The CPU, after receiving an interrupt
B. provides a layered, user-friendly from an I/O device
interface A. halts for a predetermined time
C. enables the programmer to draw a B. hands over control of address bus and data
flowchart bus to the interrupting device
D. all of the above C. branches off to the interrupt service routine
E. None of the above immediately
Answer: Option B D. branches off to the interrupt service routine
after completion of the current instruction
12.The details of all external symbols E. None of the above
and relocation formation (relocation Answer: Option D
list or map) is provided to linker by
A. Macro processor 16.What is the name of the technique in
B. Translator which the operating system of a computer
C. Loader executes several programs concurrently by
D. Editor switching back and forth between them?
E. None of the above A. Partitioning
Answer: Option B B. Multitasking
C. Windowing
D. Paging
Answer: Option B
169
17.The macro processor must perform 22.Software that measures, monitors,

A. recognize macro definitions and macro analyzes, and controls real-world events is
calls called:
B. save the macro definitions A. system software
C. expand macros calls and substitute B. real-time software
arguments C. scientific software
D. all of the above D. business software
18.What problem is solved by 23.A development strategy whereby the

Dijkstra's banker's algorithm? executive control modules of a system are
A. mutual exclusion coded and tested first, is known as
B. deadlock recovery A. Bottom-up development
C. deadlock avoidance B. Top-down development
D. cache coherence C. Left-Right development
Answer: Option B
19.The dispatcher
A. actually schedules the tasks into the24.Which of the following is helpful in
processor evaluating applications software what will
B. puts tasks in I/O wait best suit your needs?
C. is always small and simple A. recommendations by other users
D. never changes task priorities B. computer magazines
Answer: Option A C. objective software reviews
D. all of the above
20.System programs such as Compilers E. None of the above
are designed so that they are Answer: Option D
A. reenterable
B. non reusable 25.IBM released its first PC in 1981. Can you
C. serially usable name the operating system which was most
D. recursive popular at that time?
Answer: Option A A. MS-DOS
B. PC-DOS
21.If the number of bits in a virtual C. OS/360
address of a program is 16 and the D. CP/M
page size is 0.5 K bytes, the number of E. None of the above
pages in the virtual address space is Answer: Option D
A. 16
B. 32
C. 64
D. 128
Answer: Option D
170
26.Swapping 30.Which table is a permanent database

A. works best with many small partitions that has an entry for each terminal symbol.
B. allows many programs to use memory A. Terminal table
simultaneously B. Literal table
C. allows each program in turn to use the C. Identifier table
memory D. Reductions
D. does not work with overlaying E. None of the above
Answer: Option C
31.The function(s) of the Syntax phase
27.A disk scheduling algorithm in an is(are)
operating system causes the disk arm A. to recognize the major constructs of the
to move back and forth across the disk language and to call the appropriate action
surface in order to service all requests routines that will generate the intermediate
in its path. This is a form or matrix for these constructs.
A. First come first served B. to build a literal table and an identifier table
B. Shortest Seek Time First (SSTE) C. to build a uniform symbol table
C. Scan D. to parse the source program into the basic
D. FIFO elements or tokens of the language.
28.A translator is best described as 32.Data encryption

A. an application software A. is mostly used by public networks
B. a system software B. is mostly used by financial networks
C. a hardware component C. cannot be used by private installations
D. all of the above D. is not necessary, since data cannot be
E. None of the above intercepted
Answer: Option B
29.A Processor
A. is a device that performs a sequence of 33.What is the name given to the process of
operations specified by instructions in initializing a microcomputer with its
memory. operating system?
B. is the device where information is A. Cold booting
stored B. Booting
C. is a sequence of instructions C. Warm booting
D. is typically characterized by interactive D. Boot recording
processing and time of the CPU E. None of the above
Answer: Option A
171
34.With MS-DOS which command will 37.The function(s) of the Storage

divide the surface of the blank floppy Assignment is (are)
disk into sectors and assign a unique A. to assign storage to all variables referenced
address to each one? in the source program.
A. FORMAT command B. to assign storage to all temporary locations
B. FAT command that are necessary for intermediate results.
C. VER command C. to assign storage to literals, and to ensure
D. CHKDSK command that the storage is allocate and appropriate
E. None of the above locations are initialized.
Answer: Option A D. all of the above
34.Addressing modes Answer: Option D
A. defines the fundamental method of
determining effective operand addresses 38.Multiprogramming
B. are variations in the use of A. is a method of memory allocation by which
fundamental addressing structures, or the program is subdivided into equal portions,
some associated actions which are or pages and core is subdivided into equal
related to addressing. portions or blocks.
C. performs indicated operations on two B. consists of those addresses that may be
fast registers of the machine and leave generated by a processor during execution of a
the result in one of the registers. computation.
D. all of the above C. is a method of allocating processor time.
E. None of the above D. allows multiple programs to reside in
Answer: Option B separate areas of core at the time.
35.In which way(s) a macro processor Answer: Option D
for assembly language can be
implemented: 39.A translator which reads an entire
A. independent two-pass processor programme written in a high level language
B. independent one-pass processor and converts it into machine language code
C. processor incorporated into pass 1 of a is:
standard two-pass assembler A. assembler
D. all of the above B. translator
E. None of the above C. compiler
Answer: Option D D. system software
36.Which of the following is a type of Answer: Option C
systems software used on
microcomputers?
A. MS-DOS
B. PC-DOS
C. Unix
D. All of the above
Answer: Option D
172
40.Operating system is 45.The advantage(s) inherent to using high

A. A collection of hardware components level languages is (are)
B. A collection of input-output devices A. Fewer people, less management and shorter
C. A collection of software routines transition in learning time
D. All of the above B. Improved debugging capability, and
E. None of the above superior documentation
Answer: Option C C. A greater degree of machine independence
D. All of the above
41.A file organization component of a E. None of the above
VSAM file is: Answer: Option D
A. relative record data set
B. keyed sequential data set 46.The working set theory of programming
C. entry sequential data set behaviour of processes running within an
D. all of the above operating system involves
E. None of the above A. the collection of pages that a process
Answer: Option D accesses
B. disk scheduling mechanisms
42.The SJF algorithm executes first the C. coalescing holes in memory
job D. assigning the CPU to processes
A. that last entered the queue E. None of the above
B. that first entered the queue Answer: Option A
C. that has been in the queue the longest
D. with the least processor needs 47.What is the name given to the software
E. None of the above which can be legally compiled and often
Answer: Option D used for free?
A. Shareware program
43.Which of the following is a block B. Public domain program
device C. Firmware program
A. mouse D. Mindware
B. printer E. None of the above
C. terminals Answer: Option B
D. disk
E. None of the above 48.In which of the storage placement
Answer: Option D strategies a program is placed in the largest
available hole in the main memory?
44.Which of the following software A. best fit
types is used to simplify using systems B. first fit
software? C. worst fit
A. spreadsheet D. buddy
B. operating environment E. None of the above
C. timesharing Answer: Option C
D. multitasking
Answer: Option C
173
49.Which of the following is not true 52.The problem of thrashing is affected

about the memory management? significantly by:
A. virtual memory is used only in multi- A. program structure
user systems B. program size
B. segmentation suffers from external C. primary-storage size
fragmentation D. all of the above
C. paging suffers from internal E. None of the above
fragmentation Answer: Option A
D. segmented memory can be paged
E. None of the above 53.Advantage(s) of using assembly
Answer: Option A language rather than machine language is
(are):
50.Paging A. It is mnemonic and easy to read.
A. is a method of memory allocation by B. Addresses any symbolic, not absolute
which the program is subdivided into C. Introduction of data to program is easier
equal portions, or pages and core is D. all of the above
subdivided into equal portions or blocks. E. None of the above
B. consists of those addresses that may be Answer: Option D
generated by a processor during
execution of a computation. 54.Job Control Language (JCL) statements
C. is a method of allocating processor are used to
time. A. Read the input from the slow-speed card
D. allows multiple programs to reside in reader to the high-speed magnetic disk
separate areas of core at the time. B. Specify, to the operating system, the
E. None of the above beginning and end of a job in a batch
Answer: Option A C. Allocate the CPU to a job
D. All of the above
51.The system/370 assembler E. None of the above
language Answer: Option B
A. allows the programmer to write base
registers and displacements explicitly in 55.Which of the following is not true about
the source program. documentation?
B. is used to remember which of the A. Documentation, of a system, should be as
general-purpose registers are currently clear and direct as possible
available as base registers, and what base B. Documentation increases the maintenance
addresses they contain. time and cost
C. allows multiple programs to reside in C. Documentation gives better understanding
separate areas of core at the same time. of the problem
D. is a term that refers to the control D. All of the above
programs of an operating system. E. None of the above
Answer: Option A
174
56.In an absolute loading scheme, 60.Scheduling is

which loader function is accomplished A. allowing jobs to use the processor
by the loader B. unrelated to performance consideration
A. Reallocation C. not required in uniprocessor systems
B. Allocation D. the same regard-less of the purpose of the
C. Linking system
D. Loading E. None of the above
Answer: Option D
61.What scheduling algorithm allows
57.For how many processes which are processes that are logical runnable to be
sharing common data, the Dekker's temporarily suspended?
algorithm implements mutual A. preemptive scheduling
exclusion? B. non-preemptive scheduling
A. 1 C. FIFO
B. 2 D. FCFS
C. 3 E. None of the above
D. 4 Answer: Option A
Answer: Option B 62.The computational technique used to
compute the disk storage address of
58.Semaphores individual records is called:
A. synchronize critical resources to A. bubble memory
prevent deadlock B. key fielding
B. synchronize critical resources to C. dynamic reallocation
prevent contention D. hashing
C. are used to do I/O E. None of the above
D. are used for memory management Answer: Option D
Answer: Option A 63.The file structure that redefines its first
record at a base of zero uses the term:
59.Scissoring enables A. relative organization
A. a part of data to be displayed B. key fielding
B. entire data to be displayed C. dynamic reallocation
C. full data display on full area of screen D. hashing
D. no data to be displayed E. None of the above
Answer: Option A
175
64.In analyzing the compilation of PL/I 67.The advantage(s) of incorporating the

program, the description "creation of macro processor into pass 1 is(are):
more optimal matrix" is associated A. many functions do not have to be
with implemented twice.
A. Assembly and output B. Functions are combined and it is not
B. Code generation necessary to create intermediate files as
C. Syntax analysis output from the macros processor and input to
D. Machine independent optimization the assembler.
E. None of the above C. more flexibility is available to the
Answer: Option D programmer in that he may use all the features
of the assembler in conjunction with macros.
65.Which of the following is not D. all of the above
applications software? E. None of the above
A. Word processing Answer: Option D
B. Spreadsheet
C. UNIX 68.In memory systems, boundary registers
D. Desktop publishing A. are used for temporary program variable
E. None of the above storage
Answer: Option C B. are only necessary with fixed partitions
C. track page boundaries
66.What is the name given to all the D. track the beginning and ending of programs
programs inside the computer with E. None of the above
makes it usable? Answer: Option D
A. Application software
B. System software 69.Which of the following is true for
C. Firm ware machine language.
D. Shareware A. Repeated execution of program segments
E. None of the above B. Depicting flow of data in a system
Answer: Option B C. A sequence of instructions which, when
followed properly, solves a problem
D. the language which communicates with the
computer using only the binary digits 1 and 0.
Answer: Option D
176
CHAPTER 07
01.A relocate program form is one 04.If you want to execute more than one
which program at a time, the systems software
A. cannot be made to execute in any area you are using must be capable of:
of storage other than the one designated A. word processing
for it at the time of its coding or B. virtual memory
translation. C. compiling
B. consists of a program and relevant D. multitasking
information for its relocation. E. None of the above
C. can itself performs the relocation of its Answer: Option D
address-sensitive portions.
D. all of the above 05.In analyzing the compilation of PL/I
E. None of the above program, the description "resolving
Answer: Option B symbolic address (labels) and generating
machine language" is associated with
02.What is the name of the system A. Assembly and output
which deals with the running of the B. Code generation
actual computer and not with the C. Storage assignment
programming problems? D. Syntax analysis
A. Operating system E. None of the above
B. Systems program Answer: Option A
C. Object program
D. Source program 06.Round-robin scheduling
E. None of the above A. allows interactive tasks quicker access to
Answer: Option B the processor
B. is quite complex to implement
03.What is the initial value of the C. gives each task the same chance at the
semaphore to allow only one of the processor
many processes to enter their critical D. allows processor-bound tasks more time in
section? the processor
A. 8 E. None of the above
B. 1 Answer: Option C
C. 16
D. 0 07.Four necessary conditions for deadlock
E. None of the above to exist are: mutual exclusion, no-
Answer: Option B preemption, circular wait and
A. hold and wait
B. deadlock avoidance
C. race around condition
D. buffer overflow
Answer: Option A
177
08.If you do not know which version of 13.A partitioned data set is most used for
MS-DOS you are working with, which A. a program or source library
command will you use after having B. storing program data
booted your operating system? C. storing backup information
A. FORMAT command D. storing ISAM files
B. DIR command E. None of the above
C. VER command Answer: Option A
D. DISK command
Answer: Option C 14.The main function of the dispatcher (the
portion of the process scheduler) is
09.Page-map table is A. swapping a process to the disk
A. A data file B. assigning ready process to the CPU
B. A directory C. suspending some of the processes when the
C. Used for address translation CPU load is high
D. All of the above D. bring processes from the disk to the main
Answer: Option C memory
10.The errors that can be pointed out Answer: Option B
by the compiler are
A. Syntax errors 15.When a computer is first turned on or
B. Semantic errors restarted, a special type of absolute loader
C. Logical errors is executed, called a
D. Internal errors A. "Compile and Go" loader
Answer: Option A B. Boot loader
C. Bootstrap loader
11.Which, of the following checks, D. Relating loader
cannot be carried out on the input data E. None of the above
to a system? Answer: Option C
A. consistency check
B. Syntax check 16.A program that converts a high-level
C. Range check language program to a set of instructions
D. All of the above that can run on a computer is called a
E. None of the above A. Compiler
Answer: Option B B. Debugger
C. Editor
12.Which of the following is D. All of the above
characteristic of an operating system? E. None of the above
A. resource management Answer: Option A
B. error recovery
C. memory management
D. All the above
Answer: Option D
178
17.The state transition initiated by the 21.In MS-DOS, relocatable object files and
user process itself in an operating load modules have extensions
system is A. .OBJ and .COM or .EXE, respectively
A. block B. .COM and .OBJ, respectively
B. dispatch C. .EXE and .OBJ, respectively
C. wake up D. .DAS and .EXE, respectively
D. timer run out E. None of the above
Answer: Option A
22.Which of the following program is not a
18.The function(s) of file system is utility?
(are): A. Debugger
A. to provide complete file naming B. Editor
freedom to the users and to permit C. Spooler
controlled sharing of files D. All of the above
B. to provide for long and short term E. None of the above
storage of files with appropriate Answer: Option C
economic tradeoffs.
C. to provide security against loss of 23.A public key encryption system
information due to system failure A. allows anyone to decode the transmission
D. all of the above B. allows only the correct sender to decode the
E. None of the above data
Answer: Option D C. allows only the correct receiver to decode
the data
19.Feed back queue D. does not encode the data before
A. are very easy to implement transmitting it
B. dispatch tasks according to execution E. None of the above
characteristics Answer: Option C
C. are used to favor real-time tasks
D. require manual intervention to 24.In which addressing mode the operand
implement properly is given explicitly in the instruction?
E. None of the above A. absolute mode
Answer: Option B B. immediate mode
C. indirect mode
20.The technique, for sharing the time D. index mode
of a computer among several jobs. E. None of the above
Which switches jobs so rapidly such Answer: Option B
that each job appears to have the
computer to itself:
A. time sharing
B. time out
C. time domain
D. FIFO
Answer: Option A
179
25.Link encryption 29.Capacity planning

A. is more secure than end-to-end A. requires detailed system performance
encryption information
B. is less secure than end-to-end B. is independent of the operating system
encryption C. does not depend on the monitoring tools
C. can not be used in a public network available
D. is used only to debug D. is not needed in small installations
26.The table created by lexical 30.Poor response times are caused by

analysis to describe all literals used in A. Processor busy
the source program is B. High I/O rate
A. Terminal table C. High paging rates
B. Literal table D. Any of the above
C. Identifier table E. None of the above
D. Reductions Answer: Option D
Answer: Option B 31.A form of code that uses more than one
process and processor, possibly of different
27.In which addressing mode, the type, and that may on occasions have more
address of the location of the operand than one process or processor active at the
is given explicitly as a part of the same time, is known as
instruction. A. multiprogramming
A. absolute mode B. multithreading
B. immediate mode C. broadcasting
C. index mode D. time sharing
D. modulus mode E. None of the above
28.A base register table 32.The term 'polling' in a computer means

A. allows the programmer to write base a process by which a computer system
registers and displacements explicitly in A. detects/corrects errors
the source program. B. multiplexes the inputs and updates the
B. is used to remember which of the memory accordingly
general-purpose registers are currently C. decides correct alternative by analysing
available as base registers, and what base several ones
addresses they contain. D. inquires to see if a terminal has any
C. allows multiple programs to reside in transaction to send
separate areas of core at the same time. E. None of the above
D. is a term that refers to the control Answer: Option D
programs of an operating system.
Answer: Option B
180
33.A relationship between processes 37.Under virtual storage,

such that each has some part (critical A. a single program is processed by two or
section) which must not be executed more CPUs
while the critical section of another is B. two or more programs are stored
being executed, is known as concurrently in primary storage
A. semaphore C. only the active pages of a program are
B. mutual exclusion stored in primary storage
C. multiprogramming D. interprogram interference may occur
D. multitasking E. None of the above
Answer: Option B
38.File record length
34.The most common security failure A. should always be fixed
is B. Should always be variable
A. carelessness by users C. depends upon the size of the file
B. depending on passwords D. should be chosen to match the data
C. too much emphasis on preventing characteristics
physical access Answer: Option D
D. insufficient technology used to prevent
breaches 39.What is the name of the operating
E. None of the above system which was originally designed by
Answer: Option A scientists and engineers for use by
scientists and engineers?
35.Block or buffer caches are used A. XENIX
A. to improve disk performance B. UNIX
B. to handle interrupts C. OS/2
C. to increase the capacity of main D. MS DOS
memory E. None of the above
D. to speed up main memory read Answer: Option B
operation
E. None of the above 40.Terminal Table
Answer: Option A A. contains all constants in the program
B. a permanent table of decision rules in the
36.All the time a computer is switched form of patterns for matching with the uniform
on, its operating system software has symbol table to discover syntactic structure.
to stay in C. consists of a full or partial list of the token's
A. main storage as they appear in the program. Created by
B. primary storage Lexical analysis and used for syntax analysis
C. floppy disk and interpretation
D. disk drive D. a permanent table which lists all key words
E. None of the above and special symbols of the language in
Answer: Option B symbolic form.
Answer: Option D
181
41.Can you name of the major 45.The practice of "bundling" refers to

Operating System used in computers? A. selling computers alone
A. MS DOS B. selling peripheral devices with computer
B. OS/2 C. selling software to run on computers
C. UNIX D. giving away software with a computer
D. All of the above purchase
42.Virtual Memory 46.Special software to create a job queue is

A. is a method of memory allocation by called a
which the program is subdivided into A. Drive
equal portions, or pages and core is B. Spooler
subdivided into equal portions or blocks. C. Interpreter
B. consists of those addresses that may be D. Linkage editor
generated by a processor during E. None of the above
execution of a computation. Answer: Option B
C. is a method of allocating processor
time. 47.Which of the following is not an
D. allows multiple programs to reside in advantage of multiprogramming?
separate areas of core at the time. A. increased throughput
E. None of the above B. shorter response time
Answer: Option B C. decreased operating-system overhead
D. ability to assign priorities to jobs
43.The total time to prepare a disk Answer: Option C
drive mechanism for a block of data to
be read from it is 48.In a magnetic disk, data is recorded in a
A. latency set of concentric tracks which are
B. latency plus transmission time subdivided into
C. latency plus seek time A. periods
D. latency plus seek time plus B. sectors
transmission time C. zones
E. None of the above D. groups
44.What is the name of the operating 49.Part of a program where the shared
system that reads and reacts in terms memory is accessed and which should be
of actual time. executed invisibly is called
A. Batch system A. semaphores
B. Quick response system B. directory
C. Real time system C. critical section
D. Time sharing system D. mutual exclusion
182
50.An incremental backup 54.Indicate which, of the following, is not

A. should be done each month true about Nassi-Shneiderman charts
B. uses more tapes A. These charts are type of graphical design
C. saves all files tool
D. saves only files that have recently B. These charts cannot represent CASE
changed constructs
E. None of the above C. These charts can represent three
Answer: Option D fundamental control structures
D. All of the above
51.The disadvantages of "Compile and E. None of the above
Go" loading scheme is (are): Answer: Option B
A. a portion of memory is wasted because
the core occupied by the assembler is 55.The powerful text editor called PC-Write
unavailable to the object program. can be used by anybody by paying a small
B. it is necessary to retranslate the user's fee. Such programs are called
program deck every time it is run. A. Software
C. it is very difficult to handle multiple B. Shareware
segments, especially if the source C. Firmware
programs are in different languages, and D. Mindware
to produce orderly modular programs. E. None of the above
D. all of the above Answer: Option B
Answer: Option D 56.The operating system of a computer
serves as a software interface between the
52.Which of the following statement is user and
true. A. hardware
A. The LRU algorithm pages out pages B. peripheral
that have been used recently C. memory
B. Thrashing is a natural consequence of D. screen
virtual memory systems. E. None of the above
C. Seek analysis is used for analysing Answer: Option A
control-unit busy problems.
D. All of the above 57.Which of the following is a phase of a
E. None of the above compilation process
Answer: Option C A. Lexical analysis
B. Code generation
53.Virtual memory is C. Both of the above
A. simple to implement D. Static analysis
B. used in all major commercial operating E. None of the above
systems Answer: Option C
C. less efficient in utilization of memory
D. useful when fast I/O devices are not
available
Answer: Option B
183
58.Object code 63.Which of the following system program

A. is ready to execute forgoes the production of object code to
B. is the output of compilers, but not generate absolute machine code and load it
assemblers into the physical main storage location
C. must be "loaded" before execution from which it will be executed immediately
D. must be rewritten before execution upon completion of the assembly?
E. None of the above A. two pass assembler
Answer: Option C B. load-and-go assembler
C. macroprocessor
59.Which of the following might be D. compiler
used to convert high-level language E. None of the above
instructions into machine language? Answer: Option B
A. system software
B. applications software 64.The term "operating system" means
C. an operating environment A. a set of programs which controls computer
D. an interpreter working
E. None of the above B. the way a computer operator works
Answer: Option D C. conversion of high level language into
machine code
60.Which of the following, is necessary D. the way a floppy disk drive operates
to work on a computer E. None of the above
A. Compiler Answer: Option A
B. Operating system
C. Assembly 65.Indicate which is a pre-emptive
D. Interpreter of the above scheduling algorithm
Answer: Option B A. Round-robin
B. Shortest-job-next
61.Access time is the highest in the C. Priority-based
case of D. All of the above
A. floppy disk E. None of the above
B. cache Answer: Option A
C. swapping devices
D. magnetic disk 66.Which of the following is not a
E. None of the above characteristic of a daisy chaining priority
Answer: Option D control scheme?
A. priority is programmable
62.Which are the most important B. it is relatively easy to add more devices to
features of Microsoft Windows the chain
program? C. the failure of one device may affect other
A. Windows devices on the chain
B. Pull-down menus D. the number of control lines is independent
C. Icons of the number of devices on the chain
184
67.Assembler is 69.Indicate which, of the following, in not

A. a program that places programs into true about an interpreter
memory and prepares them for A. Interpreter generates an object program
execution. from the source program
B. a program that automate the B. Interpreter is a kind of translator
translation of assembly language into C. Interpreter analyses each source statement
machine language. every time it is to be executed
C. a program that accepts a program D. All of the above
written in a high level language and E. None of the above
produces an object program. Answer: Option A
D. is a program that appears to execute a
source program as if it were machine 70.The advantage of a command processor
language. running only built-in commands is:
E. None of the above A. flexibility to the users in running lists of
Answer: Option B commands by simply collecting them in named
batch command files
68.Object modules generated by B. the command set being common across
assemblers that contain unresolved different hardware configurations
external references are resolved for C. users can create system programs and run
two or more object modules by a/an them as commands
A. operating system D. the processing is much faster than would
B. loader other-wise be the case when user defined
C. linker commands are used
D. compiler E. None of the above
Answer: Option C
185
CHAPTER 08
01.Under multiprogramming, 05.The most common systems security
turnaround time for short jobs is method is
usually _____ and that for long jobs is A. passwords
slightly _____. B. encryption
A. lengthened; shortened C. firewall
B. shortened; lengthened D. all of the above
C. shortened; shortened Answer: Option A
D. lengthened; lengthened
Answer: Option B 06.Daisy chain is a device for
A. connecting a number of controllers to a
02.Two basic types of operating device
systems are: B. connecting a number of devices to a
A. sequential and direct controller
B. batch and timesharing C. interconnecting a number of devices to a
C. sequential and realtime number of controllers
D. batch and interactive D. all of the above
03.A program 07.In analyzing the compilation of PL/I

A. is a device that performs a sequence of program, the term "Machine independent
operations specified by instructions in optimization" is associated with
memory. A. recognition of basic syntactic constructs
B. is the device where information is through reductions
stored B. recognition of basic elements and creation
C. is a sequence of instructions of uniform symbols
D. is typically characterized by interactive C. creation of more optional matrix
processing and time of the CPU D. use of macro processor to produce more
Answer: Option C optimal assembly code
Answer: Option C
04.A self-relocating program is one
which 08.An instruction in a programming
A. cannot be made to execute in any area language that is replaced by a sequence of
of storage other than the one designated instructions prior to assembly or compiling
for it at the time of its coding or is known as
translation. A. procedure name
B. consists of a program and relevant B. macro
information for its relocation. C. label
C. can itself performs the relocation of its D. literal
address-sensitive portions. E. None of the above
D. All of the above Answer: Option B
Answer: Option C
186
09.Banker's algorithm for resource 13.A sequence of instructions, in a

allocation deals with computer language, to get the desired
A. deadlock prevention result, is known as
B. deadlock avoidance A. Algorithm
C. deadlock recovery B. Decision Table
D. mutual exclusion C. Program
Answer: Option C
10.Information in a memory that is no
longer valid or wanted is known as 14.Which, of the following, is true for
A. non-volatile testing and debugging?
B. volatile A. Testing checks for logical errors in the
C. surplus programs, while debugging is a process of
D. garbage correcting those errors in the program
E. None of the above B. Testing detects the syntax errors in the
Answer: Option D program while debugging corrects those
errors in the program
11.Which of the following filename C. Testing and debugging indicate the same
extension suggests that the file is a thing
backup copy of another file? D. All of the above
A. .txt E. None of the above
B. .com Answer: Option A
C. .bas
D. .bak 15.Relocation bits used by relocating loader
E. None of the above are specified (generated) by
Answer: Option D A. Relocating loader itself
B. Linker
12.Which of the following statements C. Assembler or translator
is false? D. Macro processor
A. a process scheduling algorithm is E. None of the above
preemptive if the CPU can be forcibly Answer: Option B
removed from a process
B. time sharing systems generally use 16.Non-modifiable procedures are called
preemptive CPU scheduling A. serially usable procedures
C. response time are more predictable in B. concurrent procedures
preemptive systems than in non C. reentrant procedures
preemptive systems D. topdown procedures
D. real time systems generally use non- E. None of the above
preemptive CPU scheduling Answer: Option C
Answer: Option D
187
17.Which of the following scheduling 21.The instruction register

objectives should be applied to the A. is a hardware memory device which denotes
following: the system should admit the location of the current instruction being
jobs to create a mix that will keep most executed.
devices busy B. is a group of electrical circuits (hardware),
A. to be fair that performs the intent of instructions fetched
B. to balance resource utilization from memory.
C. to obey priorities C. contains the address of the memory location
D. to be predictable that is to be read from or stored into.
E. None of the above D. contains a copy of the designated memory
Answer: Option B location specified by the MAR after a "read" or
the new contents of the memory prior to a
18.Backups should be done "write".
A. daily for most installations E. None of the above
B. weekly for most installations Answer: Option B
C. as several image copies, followed by an
incremental 22.Multiprogramming systems:
D. as several incrementals, followed by an A. are easier to develop than single
image copy programming system
E. None of the above B. execute each job faster
Answer: Option D C. execute more jobs in the same time period
D. are used only on large mainframe
19.In an absolute loading scheme, computers
which loader function is accomplished E. None of the above
by assembler. Answer: Option C
A. Reallocation
B. Allocation 23.The command interpreter
C. Linking A. is usually the primary user interface
D. Loading B. requires fixed format commands
E. None of the above C. is menu drive
Answer: Option A D. is quite different from the SCL interpreter
20.System maintenance: Answer: Option A
A. is usually not necessary
B. is necessary on all systems, regardless 24.A task in a blocked state
of how good A. is executable
C. is not required if the system is well B. is running
written C. must still be placed in the run queues
D. always requires several programs D. is waiting for same temporarily unavailable
E. None of the above resources
Answer: Option D
188
25..A linker 29.Which of the following statements is not

A. creates a load module true about the FORTRAN language?
B. is not necessary with variable A. FORTRAN is a high level language
partitions B. A FORTRAN program, written for the IBM-
C. must be run after the loader PC, is totally different from a FORTRAN
D. is not needed with a good compiler program written for execution on the SUN
E. None of the above machine
Answer: Option A C. FORTRAN is extensively used to write
programs for performing scientific
26.In which of the storage placement computations
strategies a program is placed in the D. All of the above
smallest available hole in the main E. None of the above
memory? Answer: Option B
A. best fit
B. first fit 30.Uniform Symbols Table
C. worst fit A. contains all constants in the program
D. buddy B. a permanent table of decision rules in the
E. None of the above form of patterns for matching with the uniform
Answer: Option A symbol table to discover syntactic structure
C. consists of a full or partial list of the token's
27.In which addressing mode, the as they appear in the program. Created by
effective address of the operand is Lexical analysis and used for syntax analysis
generated by adding a constant value and interpretation
to the contents of register? D. a permanent table which lists all key words
A. absolute mode and special symbols of the language in
B. indirect mode symbolic form
C. immediate mode E. None of the above
D. index mode Answer: Option C
Answer: Option D 31.The higher versions of the operating
systems are so written that programs
28.Which policy replace a page if it is designed for earlier versions can still be
not in the favoured subset of a run. What is it called?
process's pages? A. Upgradability
A. FIFO B. Upward mobility
B. LRU C. Universality
C. LFU D. Upward compatibility
D. Working set E. None of the above
Answer: Option D
189
32.Which of the following can be 36.If special forms are needed for printing
accesses by transfer vector approach the output, the programmer specifies these
of linking? forms through?
A. External data segments A. JCL
B. External subroutines B. JPL
C. Data located in other procedures C. Utility programs
D. All of the above D. Load modules
33.A hardware device that is capable 37.Which of the following terms refers to
of executing a sequence of the degree to which data in a database
instructions, is known as system are accurate and correct?
A. CPU A. data security
B. ALU B. data validity
C. CU C. data independence
D. Processor D. data integrity
34.Which of following is/are the 38.In analyzing the compilation of PL/I

advantage(s) of modular program, the term "Syntax analysis" is
programming? associated with
A. The program is much easier to change A. recognition of basic syntactic constructs
B. Modules can be reused in other through reductions
programs B. recognition of basic elements and creation
C. Easy debugging of uniform symbols
D. Easy to compile C. creation of more optional matrix
E. None of the above D. use of macro processor to produce more
Answer: Option A optimal assembly code
35.The function(s) performed by the Answer: Option A
paging software is (are)
A. Implementation of the access 39.A compiler for a high-level language that
environment for all programs in the runs on one machine and produces code for
system a different machine is called
B. Management of the physical address A. optimizing compiler
space B. one pass compiler
C. Sharing and protection C. cross compiler
D. All of the above D. multipass compiler
190
40.Assembler language 45.A critical region is

A. is usually the primary user interface A. a program segment that has not been
B. requires fixed-format commands proved bug-free
C. is a mnemonic form of machine B. a program segment that often causes
language unexpected system crashes
D. is quite different from the SCL C. a program segment where shared resources
interpreter are accessed
E. None of the above D. one which is enclosed by a pair of P and V
Answer: Option C operations on semaphores
E. none is the above
41.The primary job of the operating Answer: Option D
system of a computer is to
A. command resources 46.Which of the following is a measure to
B. manage resources test how good or bad a modular design is
C. provide utilities A. Module strength
D. be user friendly B. Module coupling
E. None of the above C. Static analysis
42.The primary purpose of an Answer: Option A
operating system is to:
A. make computer easier to use 47.The Operating system manages
B. keep system programmers employed A. Memory
C. make the most efficient use of the B. Processor
hardware C. Disks and I/O devices
D. allow people to sue the computers D. All of the above
Answer: Option D
43.The principles of structured
programming forbid the use of 48.Which of the following is true about
A. WHILE-DO pseudocode
B. GOTO A. A machine language
C. IF-THEN-ELSE B. An assembly language
D. DO-WHILE C. A high-level language
44.For Windows 10, Microsoft Answer: Option E
released _________ in place of MS Paint.
A. Paint 10
B. New MS Paint
C. Paint 3D
D. Universal Paint
Answer: Option C
191
49.Which of the key is used to close the 50.Which of the following capabilities is
active window? required for a system program to execute
A. Ctrl+F4 more than one program at a time?
B. Alt+F4 A. word processing
C. Alt+F6 B. compiling
D. Ctrl+F5 C. virtual memory
E. None of the above D. multitasking
Answer: Option D
192
CHAPTER 09
01.An operating system is a program O7.A real time operating system is most
or a group of programs that likely to be used for which of the following
A. Helps in checking the spelling of Word task?
B. Maintain the relationship in Database A. Controlling access to a shared printer in a
C. Manages the resources of the network
Computer B. Ensuring that system clock works correctly
D. Performs the calculations of cells in on server
Excel C. Managing the access to system files in a
Answer: Option C laptop computers
D. Controlling the fuel injection system of an
02.The Primary job of the operating automobile engines
system is Answer: Option D
A. Manage Commands
B. Manage Users 08.What is the function of an operating
C. Manage Programs system?
D. Manage Resources A. Manages computer’s resources very
Answer: Option D efficiently
B. Takes care of scheduling jobs for execution
03.Which of the following is not an C. Manages the flow of data and instructions
operating system? D. All of the above
A. Windows 2000 Answer: Option D
B. Linux
C. Mac OS 09.Scandisk analyze and repair damage to
D. Notepad which of the following?
Answer: Option D A. Physical clusters
B. FAT
05.Find can be used to C. Lost clusters
A. Locate a program D. All of the above
B. Locate a document Answer: Option D
C. Locate a network computer
D. All of above 10.When we double click on my computer
Answer: Option D A. Show the content of your saved files
B. Show the list of your computer drive
06....... is a new windows feature that C. List of deleted files and folders
offers a number of methods for D. All of the above
searching for a file or folder? Answer: Option B
A. Find
B. Search
C. Locate
D. All of the above
Answer: Option A
193
11.Which of the following is the part of 17.Directory is similar to ......

the operating system? A. File
A. Cell B. Folder
B. FAT C. Item
C. Kernel D. None of above
D. Disk Answer: Option B
Answer: Option C
18.Sleep is a good mode to use because
12.The operating feature that A. It saves power which in true is saving
integrates the file created in different money
application into WebPages B. It makes computer fresh after it wakes up
A. Web integration C. It consumes low battery when you start it
B. Internet integration again
C. Intranet integration D. All of above
D. Hypertext integration Answer: Option A
Answer: Option A
19.What hole will allocates in "Worst-Fit"
13.Which icon would you access in the algorithm of memory management?
printer window to install a printer A. It allocates the smaller hole than required
drive? memory hole
A. Add printer wizard B. It allocates the smallest hole from the
B. Setup available memory holes
C. Install C. It allocates the largest hole from the
D. None of above available memory holes
Answer: Option A D. It allocates the exact same size memory hole
Answer: Option C
14.Which of the following is the
allocation method of a disk space? 20.You can set the width taskbar area and
A. Contiguous allocation different components in it
B. Linked allocation A. By right click and set width menu
C. Indexed allocation B. If the taskbar is not yet locked
D. All of the Above C. If the applications are not opened
Answer: Option D D. If other toolbars are not enabled
Answer: Option B
15.When you cut or copy the text or
picture, it stores temporarily in the 21.A tiny dot of light on the monitor is
A. File called
B. Clipboard A. Silicon chip
C. Icon B. Optical illusion
D. All of above C. Icon
Answer: Option B D. Pixel
Answer: Option D
194
22.Who is called a supervisor of 28.Operating System manages

computer activity? A. Memory
A. Memory B. Processor
B. Operating System C. I / O devices
C. I / O Devices D. All of the above
D. Control Unit Answer: Option D
Answer: Option B
29.Which of the following concept is best to
23.To send email, we use preventing page faults?
A. MS Excel A. Paging
B. Outlook Explorer B. The working set
C. HTML C. Hit ratios
D. Netscape Navigator D. Address location resolution
24.Where will store data first time 30.Poor response time are usually caused
when you copy by
A. Clipboard A. Process busy
B. Clipbook B. High I/I rates
C. Hard disk C. High paging rate
D. CD D. Any of the above
25.GUI means 31.Use of icons and windows are

A. Graphic user interface characteristics of ....... interface
B. Geographic user interface A. Command driven
C. Graphical user interface B. Windows orientated
D. Geometric user interface C. Graphical user
Answer: Option C D. Menu driven
Answer: Option C
26.Windows can run
A. One application only 32.What does FAT stands for?
B. Two applications only A. File attribute type
C. Four applications only B. File allocation table
D. All of above C. Format All Tabs settings
Answer: Option D D. File for all type
Answer: Option B
27.Which is not concerned with
control panel? 33.Fonts install from
A. Printer A. Add from control panel
B. Run application B. Font setup file
C. Font C. Font.exe file
D. Keyboard D. All of above
195
34.A ..... is a windows component that 35.Unicode standard is

is designed to store other components A. Keyboard layout
so these can be organized efficiently? B. Software
A. Document C. Font
B. Window D. Character encoding system
C. Folder Answer: Option D
D. All of above
Answer: Option C
196
197
CHAPTER 01
01.The ability to combine name and 06.What is gutter margin?
addresses with a standard document is A. Margin that is added to the left margin
called _________ when printing
A. document formatting B. Margin that is added to right margin when
B. database management printing
C. mail merge C. Margin that is added to the binding side of
D. form letters page when printing
Answer: Option C D. Margin that is added to the outside of the
page when printing
02.Which enables us to send the same Answer: Option C
letter to different persons?
A. macros 07.Which can be used for quick access to
B. template commonly used commands and tools?
C. mail merge A. Status bar
D. none B. Tool bar
Answer: Option C C. Menu bar
D. Title bar
03.A word processor would most likely Answer: Option B
be used to do
A. keep an account of money spent 08.Which of the following is not essential
B. do a computer search in media center component to perform a mail merge
C. maintain an inventory operation?
D. type a biography A. Main document
Answer: Option D B. Data source
C. Merge fields
04.AutoCorrect was originally designed D. Word fields
to replace _________ words as you type. Answer: Option D
A. short, repetitive
B. grammatically incorrect 09.When the Language bar is _____, it means
C. misspelled that you do not see it on the screen but it
D. none of the above will be displayed the next time you start
Answer: Option C your computer.
A. restored
05."Ctrl + Right Arrow" is used to B. hidden
A. Moves the cursor one word right C. minimized
B. Moves the cursor end of the line D. closed
C. Moves the cursor end of the document Answer: Option B
D. Moves the cursor one Paragraph down
Answer: Option A
198
16.Home Key uses for

10.End Key is used to A. Moves the cursor beginning of the
A. Moves the cursor end of the line document
B. Moves the cursor end of the document B. Moves the cursor beginning of the
C. Moves the cursor end of the paragraph paragraph
D. Moves the cursor end of the screen C. Moves the cursor beginning of the screen
Answer: Option A D. Moves the cursor beginning of the line
Answer: Option D
11."Ctrl + Page Down" is used to
A. Moves the cursor one Paragraph Down 17.Page Up Key uses for
B. Moves the cursor one Page Down A. Moves the cursor one line up
C. Moves the cursor one Line Down B. Moves the cursor one screen up
D. Moves the cursor one Screen Down C. Moves the cursor one page up
Answer: Option B D. Moves the cursor one paragraph up
Answer: Option B
12."Ctrl + Down Arrow" is used to
A. Moves the cursor one paragraph down 18."Ctrl + Left Arrow" is used to
B. Moves the cursor one line down A. Moves the cursor beginning of the Line
C. Moves the cursor one page down B. Moves the cursor one word left
D. Moves the cursor one screen down C. Moves the cursor one paragraph up
Answer: Option A D. Moves the cursor one paragraph down
Answer: Option B
13."Ctrl + Page Up" is used to
A. Moves the cursor one Page Up 19.Page Down Key is used to
B. Moves the cursor one Paragraph Up A. Moves the cursor one line down
C. Moves the cursor one Screen Up B. Moves the cursor one page down
D. Moves the cursor one Line Up C. Moves the cursor one screen down
Answer: Option A D. Moves the cursor one paragraph down
Answer: Option C
14."Ctrl + Up Arrow" is used to
A. Moves the cursor one page up 20."Ctrl + Home" is used to
B. Moves the cursor one line up A. Moves the cursor to the beginning of
C. Moves the cursor one screen up Document
D. Moves the cursor one paragraph up B. Moves the cursor to the beginning of Line
Answer: Option D C. Moves the cursor to the beginning of
Paragraph
15.Which of the following are word D. All of the above
processing software? Answer: Option A
A. WordPerfect
B. Word pad 21."Ctrl + End" is used to
C. MS Word A. Moves the cursor to the end of Line
D. All of above B. Moves the cursor to the end of Document
Answer: Option D C. Moves the cursor to the end of Paragraph
D. None of the Above
Answer: Option B
199
22.Which file starts MS Word? 27.To exit from the Resume Wizard and
A. winword.exe return to the document window without
B. word.exe creating a resume, click the _____ button in
C. msword.exe any panel in the Resume Wizard dialog
D. word2003.exe box.
Answer: Option A A. Cancel
B. Back
23.Ctrl + N is used to C. Next
A. Save Document D. Finish
B. Open Document Answer: Option D
C. New Document
D. Close Document 28.Which of the following is not the Section
Answer: Option C Break Option?
A. Next Page
24.What are inserted as cross- B. Previous Page
reference in Word? C. Odd Page
A. Placeholders D. Even Page
B. Bookmarks Answer: Option B
C. Objects
D. Word fields 29.Which of the following is not valid
Answer: Option D version of MS Office?
A. Office XP
25.By default, on which page the header B. Office Vista
or the footer is printed? C. Office 2007
A. on first page D. None of above
B. on alternate page Answer: Option B
C. on every page
D. none of the above 30.Where can you find the horizontal split
Answer: Option C bar on MS Word screen?
A. On the left of horizontal scroll bar
26.Ctrl + G is used to B. On the right of horizontal scroll bar
A. Open Paragraph Dialog box activating C. On the top of vertical scroll bar
Go to Tab D. On the bottom of vertical scroll bar
B. Open Page Setup Dialog box activating Answer: Option C
Go to Tab
C. Open Find and Replace Dialog box with 31.Short cut Ctrl + H is used to
activating Go to Tab A. Open Find and Replace Dialog box with
D. Open Go to Dialog box activating Replace Tab
Answer: Option C B. Open Format Dialog box activating Insert
Hyper Link tab
C. Open Insert Dialog box activating Insert
Hyper Link Tab
D. Open Insert Hyper Link Dialog box
Answer: Option A
200
32.Short cut Ctrl + F is used to 37.Short cut Ctrl + P used to

A. Open Find and Replace Dialog box with A. Open Paragraph Dialog Box
activating Find Tab B. Open Page Format Dialog Box
B. Open Page Setup Dialog box with C. Open Save Dialog Box
activating Layout Tab D. Open Print Dialog box
C. Open Font Dialog Box with activating Answer: Option D
Font tab
D. Open File Save as Dialog box 38.Short cut Ctrl + T is used to
Answer: Option A A. Hanging Indent
B. Left Indent
33.With which view can you see how C. Open Tabs Dialog box
text and graphics will appear on the D. Terminate all opened Dialog box
printed page? Answer: Option A
A. Normal
B. Print Layout 39.When sharing data in Office, the ________
C. Outline document is the document in which the
D. Web Layout data was first entered.
Answer: Option B A. source
B. destination
34.Portrait and Landscape are C. original
A. Page Orientation D. primary
B. Paper Size Answer: Option A
C. Page Layout
D. All of above 40.To verify that the note text is positioned
Answer: Option A correctly on the page, switch to _____ view
or display the document in print preview.
35.Which feature helps you to inserts A. normal
the contents of the Clipboard as text B. print layout
without any formatting C. page layout
A. Paste Special D. page edit
B. Format Painter Answer: Option B
C. Page Setup
D. Styles 41.Which of the following is true regarding
Answer: Option A page Orientation of a Document?
A. Page Orientation can be changed at any
36.Switching between portrait and time
landscape modes involves the: B. Page Orientation of document determines
A. header and footer toolbar by printer
B. print layout view C. Page Orientation must be set before start
C. page setup dialog box typing
D. none of the above D. Page Orientation of a document cannot be
Answer: Option C changed.
Answer: Option A
201
42.A _____ is a collection of predefined 47.Where can you change the vertical
design elements and color schemes. alignment?
A. feature A. Formatting toolbar
B. hyperlink B. Paragraph dialog box
C. palette C. Page Setup dialog box
D. theme D. Standard toolbar
43.The Word Count command on the 48.Change the _____ to create a document in
Tools menu displays the number of wide format
words as well as the number of _____ in A. Page Orientation
the current document. B. Page margins
A. lines C. Paper Style
B. characters D. Paper Source
C. paragraphs Answer: Option A
D. all of the above
Answer: Option D 49._____ formatting is the process of
changing the way letters, numbers,
44.Which operation you will perform if punctuation marks, and symbols appear
you need to move a block of text? on the screen and in print.
A. Copy and Paste A. Document
B. Cut and Paste B. Character
C. Paste and Delete C. Paragraph
D. Paste and Cut D. Object
45.The _____, or typeface, defines the 50.Ctrl + V is used to

appearance and shape of letters, A. Paste Texts in the beginning of Document
numbers, and special characters. B. Paste Images in the beginning of Document
A. font C. Paste Tables at the middle of Document
B. font size D. None of the above
C. point Answer: Option D
D. paragraph formatting
Answer: Option A 51.Columns dialog box can be opened from
A. Format menu Columns submenu
46.You can detect spelling and B. Double click on column space in ruler
grammar errors by C. Press Alt + O + C
A. Press Shift + F7 D. All of above
B. Press Ctrl + F7 Answer: Option D
C. Press Alt+ F7
D. Press F7
Answer: Option D
202
52.To view headers and footers, you 57.How can you break the current column?
must switch to A. Press Ctrl + Shift + Enter
A. normal view B. Press Alt + Enter
B. print layout view C. Press Ctrl + Enter
C. print preview mode D. Press Alt + Shift + Enter
D. both B and C Answer: Option A
Answer: Option D
58.How can you disable extended selection
53.Ctrl + C is used to mode?
A. Copy the selected text A. Press F8 again to disable
B. Cut the selected text B. Press Del to disable
C. Print the selected text C. Press Esc to disable
D. Paste the selected text D. Press Enter to disable
54.Background color or effects applied 59.To instruct Word to stop bulleting

on a document is not visible in paragraphs, do any of the following except
A. Web layout view _____.
B. Print Layout view A. press the enter key twice
C. Reading View B. click the Undo button on the Standard
D. Print Preview toolbar
Answer: Option D C. press the backspace key to remove the
bullet
55.Short cut Ctrl + R is used to D. click the Bullets button on the Formatting
A. Re-Open the last closed document toolbar
B. Re-Print the last printed page Answer: Option B
C. Re-Apply the last paragraph formatting
D. Right align the selected Paragraph 60.Which of these toolbars allows
Answer: Option D changing of Fonts and their sizes?
A. Standard
56.When Word flags a possible spelling B. Formatting
or grammar error, it also changes the C. Print Preview
mark on the Spelling and Grammar D. None of these
Status icon to a _____. Answer: Option B
A. green X
B. green check mark 61.Ctrl + Q is used to
C. red X A. Remove Paragraph formatting (Line Space
D. red check mark and Paragraph Space)
Answer: Option C B. Close Word Application without saving
Document
C. Print Whole Document without
confirmation
D. Does nothing
Answer: Option A
203
67.Which of the following is not a font

62.From where you can access Save style?
command? A. Bold
A. Home tab B. Italics
B. Insert tab C. Regular
C. Review tab D. Superscript
Answer: Option D
68.The other Col# are inactive when
63.Ctrl + M you've select 3 columns. How will you
A. New Document activate those boxes?
B. Close Document A. double click on spacing box
C. Right Indent B. double click on inactive Col#
D. Left Indent C. Remove mark from Line between checkbox
Answer: Option D D. Remove mark from Equal Column Width
check box
64.Which of the following is not Answer: Option D
available on the Ruler of MS Word
screen? 69.How can you remove tab stop markers
A. Tab stop box from ruler?
B. Left Indent A. Double click the tab marker and choose
C. Right Indent Clear All
D. Center Indent B. Drag the tab stop marker out of the ruler
Answer: Option D C. Right click the tab stop marker and choose
remove
65.In MS Word, Ctrl+S is for..... D. All of above
A. Scenarios Answer: Option B
B. Size
C. Save 70.In Word, the default alignment for
D. Spelling Check paragraphs is _____.
Answer: Option C A. left-aligned, or flush margins at the left
edge and uneven edges at the right edge
66.Ctrl + W B. centered, or equidistant from both the left
A. Save and Print the Document edge and the right edge
B. Save and Close Word Application C. right-aligned, or flush margins at the right
C. Save and Close document edge and uneven edges at the left edge
D. Without Save, Close Document D. justified, or flush margins at both the left
Answer: Option C and right edges
Answer: Option A
Composed By:
Abdul Nabi Dahri 03002436418

204
CHAPTER 02
01.The key F12 opens a 06.Ctrl + S
A. Save As dialog box A. Save Document with different name
B. Open dialog box B. Save Document with same name
C. Save dialog box C. Save Document and Close Word Application
D. Close dialog box D. Save Document and Print whole Pages
02.Ctrl + J 07.Ctrl + I
A. Align Justify A. Italic
B. Insert Hyperlink B. Left Indent
C. Search C. Save Document
D. Print D. Close Document
03.Which of the following is not one of 08.If you will be displaying or printing
the three 'Mail Merge Helper' steps? your document on another computer,
A. merge the two files you'll want to make sure and select the
B. create the main document _____________ option under the 'Save' tab.
C. set the mailing list parameters A. Embed Fonts
D. create the data source B. Embed True Type Fonts
Answer: Option C C. Save True Type Fonts
D. Save Fonts
04.What is the shortcut-key for manual Answer: Option B
line break?
A. CTRL + Enter
B. Alt + Enter 09.If you need to double underline a word,
C. Shift + Enter how will you do that?
D. Space + Enter A. Go to Format menu and then Font option.
Answer: Option C Open Underline Style and choose Double
Underline
05.What is a portion of a document in B. From Format menu choose Font option and
which you set certain page formatting then from Font tab open Underline Style and
options? select Double Underline
A. Page C. Select the text then choose Format >> Font
B. Document and on Font tab, open Underline Style and
C. Section choose Double Underline
D. Page Setup D. Click double underline tool on formatting
Answer: Option C toolbar
Answer: Option C
205
10.Which key should be pressed to 15.How can you apply exactly the same
start a new paragraph in MS-Word? formatting you did to another text?
A. Down Cursor Key A. Copy the text and paste in new location.
B. Enter Key Then type the new text again
C. Shift + Enter B. Copy the text and click on Paste Special tool
D. Ctrl + Enter on new place
Answer: Option B C. Select the text then click on Format Painter
and select the new text
11.What is the shortcut key to display D. All of above
field codes? Answer: Option C
A. Alt + F9
B. Ctrl + F9 16.To select a block of text, click at the
C. Shift + F9 beginning of the selection, scroll to the end
D. Space + F9 of the selection, position the mouse
Answer: Option A pointer at the end of the selection, hold
down the _____ key, and then click (or drag
12.To use your keyboard instead of the through the text).
mouse to select tools on the ribbon, you A. ctrl
display the Key Tips by pressing B. alt
the……..key? C. shift
A. Alt D. tab
B. Ctrl Answer: Option C
C. Shift+ Enter
D. Alt+ Enter 17.Press _____ to create a line break, which
Answer: Option A advances the insertion point to the
beginning of the next physical line -
13.A word field may consist of an ignoring any paragraph formatting
optional field instruction called a(n) instructions.
______ A. shift+ enter
A. subdocument B. ctrl+ enter
B. symbol C. shift+ tab
C. signal D. ctrl+ tab
D. switch Answer: Option A
Answer: Option D
18.Essential business letter elements
14.Which of the following helps to include the _____.
reduce spelling error in the document? A. date line and inside address
A. Auto Format B. message
B. Auto Correct C. signature block
C. Smart Tags D. all of the above
D. Auto Text Answer: Option D
Answer: Option B
206
24.Word has Web authoring tools allow

19.It is possible to _______ a data source you to incorporate _____ on Web pages.
before performing a merge. A. bullets
A. create B. hyperlinks
B. modify C. sounds
C. sort D. all of the above
D. all of the above Answer: Option D
Answer: Option D
25.When typing in Preeti font all the Ukars
20.Which of the following commands turn to something else? What's the cause?
should you always use before A. Auto text
submitting a document to others? B. Autocorrect
A. find command C. Speller
B. Replace command D. Preeti font does not work with Word
C. Spelling and Grammar Answer: Option B
D. Thesaurus
Answer: Option C 26.What is placed to the left of horizontal
scroll bar
21.Insert Date, Format Page Number, A. Tab stop buttons
and Insert AutoText are buttons on the B. View buttons
_____ toolbar. C. Split buttons
A. Formatting D. Indicators
B. Header and Footer Answer: Option B
C. Standard
D. Edit 27.In order to email a Word document
Answer: Option B from within MS Word
A. Office button >> Send to >> Mail Recipient
22.Which of the following do you use to B. Save the file as an email attachment
change margins? C. Start Outlook and attach the file while open
A. formatting toolbar in Word
B. page setup dialog box D. This is an impossible operation
C. Standard toolbar Answer: Option A
D. paragraph dialog box
Answer: Option B 28.A screen element of MS Word that is
usually located below the title bar that
23.In Word 2007 the Zoom is placed on provides categorized options is
A. View tab A. Menu Bar
B. Home tab B. Tool Bar
C. Status bar C. Status Bar
D. A & C both D. All of the above
207
29.Which of the following are valid 34.The _____ is a short horizontal line
Minimum and Maximum zoom sizes in indicating the conclusion of a document.
Ms-office? A. insertion point
A. 10, 100 B. end mark
B. 20, 250 C. status indicator
C. 10, 500 D. scroll box
D. 10, 1000 Answer: Option B
Answer: Option C
35.Small squares, called _____, on the
30.You can replace the text ... selection rectangle that surrounds a
A. Ctrl+ H graphic can be used to change the
B. Ctrl+ R dimensions of the graphic.
C. Replace from edit menu A. scroll boxes
D. Both A and C B. sizing handles
Answer: Option D C. status indicators
D. move handles
31.To move the cursor page to page of Answer: Option B
documents.
A. Ctrl+ Page Down 36.To update a formula in a table, press
B. Ctrl+ Page Up the
C. Both of the above A. F9 keys
D. None of the above B. ALT+F9 keys
Answer: Option C C. SHIFT+F9 keys
D. F8 keys
32.The word wrap feature ..... Answer: Option A
A. automatically moves text to the next
line when necessary 37.You can move the insertion point in a
B. appears at the bottom of the document table
C. allows you to type over text A. With the up arrow and down arrow keys
D. is the short horizontal line indicating B. With the shift + tab keys
the end of the document C. With the tab key
Answer: Option A D. All of the above
Answer: Option D
33.A table ....
A. can be formatted with character 38.The following tool bars display in the
formats like bold and paragraph formats word application window by default
like borders and shading A. Forms tool bar
B. can be created and modified with a B. Formatting tool bar
button on the standard tool bar C. Drawing tool bar
C. is a method of organizing data in your D. All of the above
document Answer: Option B
D. is a grid organized in columns and rows
Answer: Option D
208
39.Which key or key combination will 44.The four types of mail merge main
move the insertion point to the bottom documents are ...
of your document? A. Form letters, directories, catalogues and
A. END envelope
B. PAGE DOWN B. Form letters, envelops and mailing labels,
C. CTRL + PAGE DOWN directories and lists
D. None of the above C. Basic letters, envelops, labels and list
Answer: Option D D. Form letters, envelops, mailing labels and
catalogue
40.We can insert maximum number of Answer: Option D
columns in Ms Word are ...
A. 35 45.Which of the following cane not be done
B. 15 with document version?
C. 63 A. Modifying a version
D. 65 B. Deleting a version
Answer: Option C C. Opening a version
41.Which of the following is not of the Answer: Option D
merge process?
A. Preview the merge results 46.Which type of files cane not be
B. Format a main document navigated using clip-art browser?
C. Edit a data source A. AVI
D. Identify the main document B. BMP
Answer: Option B C. WAV
D. MP3
42.In the merge process, you can Answer: Option D
A. Preview a merge
B. Merge directly to a printer 47.When you want to view different parts
C. Merge to new document of a document without moving the
D. All of the above insertion point.
Answer: Option D A. Use the previous page or next page buttons
B. Use the keyboard
43.Thesaurus tool in MS Word is used C. Use the vertical and horizontal scroll bars
for... D. Use the zoom button
A. Spelling suggestions Answer: Option C
B. Synonyms and Antonyms words
C. Translate 48.To view smaller text on the screen you
D. None of these can ...
Answer: Option B A. Decrease the editing percentage
B. Increase the editing percentage
C. Decrease the view percentage
D. Increase the view percentage
Answer: Option C
209
54.What is the smallest and largest font

size available in Font Size tool on
49.The minimum number of rows and formatting toolbar?
columns in MS Word document is A. 8 and 72
A. 1 and 1 B. 8 and 68
B. 2 and 1 C. 6 and 72
C. 1 and 2 D. 6 and 68
D. 2 and 2 Answer: Option A
Answer: Option A
55.Selecting text means, selecting?
50.A character that is raised and A. a word
smaller above the baseline is known as B. an entire sentence
A. Raised C. whole document
B. Outlined D. any of the above
C. Caps script Answer: Option D
D. Superscript
Answer: Option D
56.MS-Word automatically moves the text
51.In MS-Word, for what does ruler to the next line when it reaches the right
help? edge of the screen and is called?
A. to set tabs A. Carriage Return
B. to set indents B. Enter
C. to change page margins C. Word Wrap
D. All of the above D. None of the above
52.Which menu in MS Word can be used 57.Which option in File pull-down menu is
to change character size and typeface? used to close a file in MS Word?
A. View A. New
B. Tools B. Quit
C. Format C. Close
D. Data D. Exit
53.What is the function of CTRL+R in 58.What is the extenslon of files created in

MS-Word Ms-Word 97- 2003
A. Open the Print dialog box A. dot
B. Update the current Web page B. doc
C. Close the current window C. dom
D. None of these D. txt
210
64.
Why headers and footers used in MS -Word
A. To enhance the overall appearance of the
59,What is the default number of lines document
to drop for drop cap? B. To mark the starting of a page
A. 3 C. To make large document more readable
B. 10 D. To allow page headers and footers to
C. 15 appear on document when it is printed
D. 20 Answer: Option D
Answer: Option A
65.In MS-Word shortcut SHIFT+DELETE is
60.What is the maximum number of used to
lines you can set for a drop cap? A. Delete the selected item permanently
A. 10 without placing the item in the Recycle Bin
B. 15 B. Copy the selected item
C. 20 C. Rename the selected item
D. Undefine D. Create a shortcut to the selected item
61.Macros are: 66.A bookmark is an item or location in

A. Small programs created in MS-Word to document that you identify a name for
automate repetitive tasks by using VBA future Reference. Which of the following
B. Small add-on programs that are task is accomplished by using bookmarks?
installed afterwards if you need them A. To mark the ending of a page of document
C. Programming language that you can use B. To quickly jump to a specific location in the
to customize MS-Word document
D. Large tools in Word such as mail merge C. To add hyperlinks in a web page
Answer: Option A D. None of These
Answer: Option B
62.A template stores:
A. Graphics, text, styles, macros 67.How can you insert a sound file in your
B. Customized word command setting word document?
C. Auto text entries A. From insert -> sound menu option
D. All of above B. From insert -> file menu option
Answer: Option D C. From insert -> object menu option
D. None of These
63.What do you mean by vertical Answer: Option C
separation between columns?
A. Orientation 68.Which of the following is not a type of
B. Gutter page margin?
C. Margin A. Right
D. Index B. Center
Answer: Option C C. Left
D. Top
Answer: Option B
211
70.What does EXT indicator on status bar

69.Why Drop Caps are used in of MS Word indicate?
document? A. It indicates whether the external text is
A. To drop all the capital letters pasted on document or not
B. To automatically begin each paragraph B. It indicates whether extended add-ons are
with capital letter installed on MS Word or not
C. To begin a paragraph with a large C. It indicates whether Extended Selection
dropped initial capital letter mode is turned on or off
D. None of These D. None of These
CHAPTER 03
01.What is the default left margin in 04.If you need to change the typeface of a
Word 2003 document? document, which menu will you choose?
A. 1 A. Edit
B. 1.25 B. View
C. 1.5 C. Format
D. 2 D. Tools
02.What is the maximum font size you 05.Which of the following is not a font
can apply for any character? style?
A. 163 A. Bold
B. 1638 B. Italics
C. 16038 C. Regular
D. 72 D. Superscript
E. None of above Answer: Option D
Answer: Option B
06.To auto fit the width of column
03.To get to the 'Symbol' dialog box, A. Double click the left border of column
click on the …….menu and choose B. Double click the right border of column
'Symbol'. C. Double click the column header
A. Tools D. All of above
B. Table Answer: Option B
C. Insert
D. Format
Answer: Option C
212
12.When inserting Page number in footer

it appeared 1 but you wish to show a. How
07.AutoCorrect was originally designed can you do that?
to replace…………words as you type. A. From Insert menu choose Page Number
A. Grammatically incorrect and specify necessary setting
B. Short, repetitive B. From format menu choose bullets and
C. Misspelled Numbering and configure necessary setting
D. None of the above C. Click on Page Number Format tool and
Answer: Option C specify required setting
D. All of above
08.In Word, the mailing list is known as Answer: Option C
the ____________.
A. Data source 13.What is the default font size of a new
B. Sheet Word document based on Normal
C. Data sheet template?
D. Source A. 9 pt
Answer: Option A B. 12 pt
C. 14 pt
09.What is the default font used in MS D. None of above
Word document? Answer: Option B
A. Times New Roman
B. Arial 14.Drop Cap means
C. Algerian A. Small Caps
D. None of the above B. Title case
Answer: Option D C. All Caps
D. None of above
10.Which indent marker controls all Answer: Option D
the lines except first line? A drop cap (dropped capital) is a large capital letter
A. Left Indent Marker used as a decorative element at the beginning of a
B. First Line Indent Marker paragraph or section
C. Right Indent Marker
D. Hanging Indent Marker 15.Which of the following option is not
Answer: Option D available in Insert >> Picture?
A. Chart B. Graph
11.How many different positions can C. Clip Art D. Word Art
you set for drop cap? Answer: Option B
A. 1
B. 2 16.Which of the following is used to create
C. 3 newspaper style columns?
D. 4 A. Format Columns
Answer: Option B B. Table Insert Table
C. Format Tabs
D. Insert Textbox
Answer: Option A
213
22.Columns dialog box can be opened

from...
17.You can jump to the next column by A. Press Alt + O + C
A. Press Alt + Down-arrow B. Format menu Columns submenu
B. Clicking with your mouse on the next C. Double click on column space in ruler
column D. All of above
C. Both of above Answer: Option D
D. None of Above
Answer: Option C 23.To open Columns dialog box quickly..
A. double click the space between area on ruler
18.Text boundary can be displayed or B. double click the right margin in ruler
hidden from C. double click on the left margin area of ruler
A. Customize from Tools menu D. All of above
B. Auto text option from Insert menu Answer: Option A
C. Options from Tools menu
D. All of above 24.Which of the following is not the part of
Answer: Option C standard office suite?
A. Database
19.You wished to justify text over the B. File manager
height of paper, which option will you C. Image Editor
choose... D. Word Processor
A. From formatting toolbar Answer: Option B
B. Page Setup from File menu
C. Font from Format menu 25.Where can you find the Draw Table tool
D. Paragraph from Format menu button?
Answer: Option B A. Formatting toolbar
B. Drawing toolbar
20.Superscript, subscript, outline, C. Standard toolbar
emboss, engrave are known as D. Tables and Formatting toolbar
A. font effects Answer: Option D
B. text effects
C. font styles 26.Shimmer, Sparkle text, Blinking
D. word art Background etc. are known as
Answer: Option A A. word art
B. font styles
21.A feature of MS Word that saves the C. text effects
document automatically after certain D. font effects
interval is available on Answer: Option C
A. Save tab on Options dialog box
B. Save As dialog box 27.What does Ctrl + = key effect?
C. Both of above A. Superscript
D. None of above B. Subscript
Answer: Option A C. All Caps
D. Shadow
Answer: Option B
214
28.What happens if you press Ctrl + 33.The feature of Word that automatically
Shift + F8? adjusts the amount of space between
A. It activates extended selection certain combination of characters so that
B. It activates the rectangular selection an entire word looks more evenly spaced.
C. It selects the paragraph on which the What is that feature called?
insertion line is A. Spacing
D. None of above B. Kerning
Answer: Option B C. Positioning
D. Scaling
29.What is the shortcut key you can Answer: Option B
press to create a copyright symbol?
A. Alt+ Ctrl +C 34.When assigning a shortcut key to a
B. Alt + C symbol, you should always try to select a
C. Ctrl + C key or key combination that is:
D. Ctrl + Shift + C A. unassigned
Answer: Option A B. Located on the ten-key pad section of your
keyboard.
30.How can you access the font size tool C. Assigned to another task.
on formatting toolbar? D. From the same font family as the symbol.
A. Ctrl + S Answer: Option A
B. Ctrl + Shift + S
C. Ctrl + P 35.Suppose you wanted to create an
D. Ctrl + Shift + P AutoCorrect entry that would type the
Answer: Option D words 'We regret to inform you that your
submission has been declined' Of the
31.How can you make the selected following choices, which would be the best
character superscripted? name you could assign to this entry?
A. Ctrl + = A. Regret
B. Ctrl + Shift + = B. Subdual
C. Alt + Ctrl + Shift + = C. We regret to inform you that your
D. None of above submission has been declined
Answer: Option B D. 11
Answer: Option B
32.How can you increase the font size of 36.Which of the following is not available
selected text by one point every time? in Font Spacing?
A. By pressing Ctrl + ] A. Normal
B. By pressing Ctrl + [ B. Loosely
C. By pressing Ctrl + } C. Condensed
D. By pressing Ctrl + { D. Expanded
215
37.What is the smallest width of a 42.If you want to convert a symbol or

column? several lines of text into an AutoCorrect
A. 0" entry, you should:
B. 0.5" A. Insert the symbol or type the text in a Word
C. 1" document first. Then, select the text or symbol
D. 1.5" and go to the AutoCorrect dialog box.
Answer: Option B B. Click the Tools menu and choose
AutoCorrect Options. Then, click the Insert
38.How much space in minimum must menu and choose Symbol (or click the Format
be provided between columns? menu and choose Paragraph) to add the
A. 0" symbol or paragraph to AutoCorrect.
B. 0.5" C. AutoCorrect can only accommodate one
C. 1" line of text. It is not possible to convert a
D. 1.5" symbol or multiple lines of text into an
Answer: Option A AutoCorrect entry.
D. Insert the symbol or type the text in a Word
39.What is the maximum scale document first. Then, select the text or symbol
percentage available in Scale drop and click the Edit menu followed by Paste
down box? Special. Select New AutoCorrect Entry and
A. 500 then click OK.
B. 200 Answer: Option A
C. 100
D. 90 43.Which of the following position is not
Answer: Option B available for fonts on MS Word?
A. Normal
40.Which language does MS-Word use B. Raised
to create Macros? C. Lowered
A. Visual C++ D. Centered
B. Visual Basic Answer: Option D
C. FoxPro
D. Access 44.Changing the appearance of a document
Answer: Option B is called
A. Proofing
41.Which key is used to increase left B. Editing
indent? C. Formatting
A. Ctrl +I D. All of above
B. Ctrl +M Answer: Option C
C. Alt +I
D. F10 45.To Redo the last work, press.....
Answer: Option B A. Ctrl+ U
B. Ctrl +Y
C. Ctrl+ Z
D. Ctrl+ W
Answer: Option B
216
47.Uppercase on Change Case dialog box

and All Caps on Fonts dialog box both
46.Which key is used to select all the converts selected text into Capital Letters.
text in the document? What's the difference between the two?
A. Ctrl +T A. Both are same. They are only two different
B. Ctrl+ A ways of capitalize text
C. Ctrl +F B. It is faster to convert from Change Case
D. Ctrl+ N than from Font dialog box
Answer: Option B C. Change Case makes conversion permanent
but All Caps on Font can always be reverted
D. All Caps on Font dialog box makes the
change permanent where Change Case can be
always reverted
Answer: Option C
Composed By:
aBdul nabi dahri

03002436418
217
218
CHAPTER 01
Excel
01.Which of the following format you 04.Where can you set the shading color for
can decide to apply or not in a range of cells in Excel?
AutoFormat dialog box? A. Choose required color form Patterns tab of
A. Number format Format Cells dialog box
B. Border format B. Choose required color on Fill Color tool in
C. Font format Formatting toolbar
D. All of above C. Choose required color on Fill Color tool in
Answer: Option D Drawing toolbar
D. All of above
02.How can you remove borders Answer: Option D
applied in cells?
A. Choose None on Border tab of Format cells 05.You can set Page Border in Excel from
B. Open the list on Border tool in A. From Border tab in Format Cells dialog box
Formatting toolbar then choose first tool B. From Border tool in Formatting toolbar
(no border) C. From Line Style tool in Drawing toolbar
C. Both of above D. You can not set page border in Excel
Answer: Option C
06.You can check the conditions against
03.When all the numbers between 0 __________ when applying conditional
and 100 in a range should be displayed formatting
in Red Color, apply A. Cell value
A. Use =if() function to format the B. Formula
required numbers red C. Both of above
B. Apply Conditional Formatting command D. None of above
on Format menu Answer: Option C
C. Select the cells that contain number
between 0 and 100 then click Red color on 07.Which of the following is invalid
Text Color tool statement?
D. All of above A. Sheet tabs can be colored
Answer: Option B B. Some picture can be applied as a
background of a sheet
C. You can set the column width automatically
fit the amount of text
D. The width of a row and be specified
manually or fit automatically
Answer: Option D
219
08.You can use the formula pallette to 13.Which of the following is not true
A. format cells containing numbers regarding Conditional Formatting?
B. create and edit formula containing A. You can add more than one condition to
functions check
C. enter assumptions data B. You can set condition to look for Bold and
D. copy a range of cells apply Italics on them
Answer: Option B C. You can apply Font, border and pattern
formats that meets the specified conditions
09.When a range is selected, how can D. You can delete any condition from
you activate the previous cell? Conditional Formatting dialog box if it is not
A. Press the Alt key requried
B. Press Tab Answer: Option B
C. Press Enter
D. None of above 14.Which tool you will use to join some
Answer: Option D cells and place the content at the middle of
joined cell?
10.Tab scroll buttons are place on Excel A. From Format Cells dialog box click on
screen Merge Cells check box
A. towards the bottom right corner B. From Format Cells dialog box select the
B. towards the bottom left corner Centered alignment
C. towards the top right corner C. From Format Cells dialog box choose Merge
D. towards the top left corner and Center check box
Answer: Option B D. Click on Merge and Center tool on
formatting toolbar
11.The Name box on to the left of Answer: Option D
formula bar
A. shows the name of workbook currently 15.Each excel file is a workbook that
working on contains different sheets. Which of the
B. shows the name of worksheet currently following can not be a sheet in workbook?
working on A. work sheet
C. shows the name of cell or range B. chart sheet
currently working on C. module sheet
D. None of above D. data sheet
12.How can you update the values of 16.Which of the following is not the correct
formula cells if Auto Calculate mode of method of editing the cell content?
Excel is disabled? A. Press the Alt key
A. F8 B. Press the F2 key
B. F9 C. Click the formula bar
C. F10 D. Double click the cell
D. F11 Answer: Option A
Answer: Option B
220
17.You want to set such that when you 22.You can merge the main document with
type Baishakh and drag the fill handle, data source in Excel. In mail merge
Excel should produce Jestha, Aashadh operation, Word is usually
and so on. What will you set to effect A. server
that? B. source
A. Custom List C. client
B. Auto Fill Options D. none
C. Fill Across Worksheet Answer: Option C
D. Fill Series
Answer: Option A 23.How can you show or hide the gridlines
in Excel Worksheet?
18.Where can you change automatic or A. Go to Tools >> Options >> View tab and
manual calculation mode in Excel? mark or remove the check box named Gridline
A. Double CAL indicator on status bar B. Click Gridline tool on Forms toolbar
B. Go to Tools >> Options >> Calculation C. Both of above
and mark the corresponding radio button D. None of above
C. Both of above Answer: Option C
D. None of above
Answer: Option B 24.Which of the following Excel screen
components can NOT be turned on or off?
19.Which of the following option is not A. Formula Bar
available in Paste Special dialog box? B. Status Bar
A. Add C. Tool Bar
B. Subtract D. None of above
C. Divide Answer: Option D
D. SQRT
Answer: Option D 25.What happens when you press Ctrl + X
after selecting some cells in Excel?
20.Which of the cell pointer indicates A. The cell content of selected cells disappear
you that you can make selection? from cell and stored in clipboard
A. Doctor’s symbol (Big Plus) B. The cells selected are marked for cutting
B. small thin plus icon C. The selected cells are deleted and the cells
C. Mouse Pointer with anchor at the tip are shifted left
D. None of above D. The selected cells are deleted and cells are
Answer: Option A shifted up
Answer: Option B
21.Which of the cell pointer indicates
that you can fill series? 26.Which command will you choose to
A. Doctor’s symbol (Big Plus) convert a column of data into row?
B. small thin plus icon A. Cut and Paste
C. Mouse Pointer with anchor at the tip B. Edit >> Paste Special >> Transpose
D. None of above C. Both of above
Answer: Option B
221
27.Which of the cell pointer indicate 32.It is acceptable to let long text flow into
that you can move the content to other adjacent cells on a worksheet when
cell? A. data will be entered in the adjecent cells
A. Doctor’s symbol (Big Plus) B. no data will be entered in the adjacent cells
B. small thin plus icon C. there is no suitable abbrevition for the text
C. Mouse Pointer with anchor at the tip D. there is not time to format the text
D. None of above Answer: Option B
Answer: Option C
33.When a row of data is to be converted
28.You can auto fit the width of column into columns
by A. Copy the cells in row, select the same
A. double clicking on the column name on number of cells in row and paste
column header B. Copy the cells in column then choose Edit
B. Double click on the cell pointer in >> Paste Special, then click Transpose and OK
worksheet C. Copy the cells then go to Format >> Cells
C. Double clicking on column right border then on Alignment tab click Transpose check
on column header box and click OK
D. Double clicking on the column left D. Select the cells then place the cell pointer
border of column header on new cell and choose Edit >> Paste Special,
Answer: Option C mark Transpose check box and click OK
Answer: Option D
29.Long text can be broken down into
many lines within a cell. You can do this 34.Ctrl + D shortcut key in Excel will
through A. Open the font dialog box
A. Wrap Text in Format >> Cells B. Apply double underline for the active cell
B. Justify in Edit >> Cells C. Fill down in the selection
C. Text Wraping in Format >> Cells, Layout D. None of above
tab Answer: Option C
D. All of above
Answer: Option A 35.The short cut key Ctrl + R is used in
Excel to
30.MS Excel provides the default value A. Right align the content of cell
for step in Fill Series dialog box B. Remove the cell contents of selected cells
A. 0 B. 1 C. Fill the selection with active cells to the
C. 5 D. 10 right
Answer: Option C
31.Which of the following series type is
not valid for Fill Series dialog box? 36.The command Edit >> Fill Across
A. Linear Worksheet is active only when
B. Growth A. One sheet is selected
C. Autofill B. When many sheets are selected
D. Time C. When no sheet is selected
Answer: Option D D. None of above
Answer: Option B
222
37.Which of the following you can paste 41.Paste Special allows some operation
selectively using Paste Special while you paste to new cell. Which of the
command? following operation is valid?
A. Validation A. Square
B. Formats B. Percentage
C. Formulas C. Goal Seek D. Divide
D. All of above Answer: Option D
Answer: Option D
42.To remove the content of selected cells
38.Edit >> Delete command you must issue ______ command
A. Deletes the content of a cell A. Edit >> Delete
B. Deletes Formats of cell B. Edit >> Clear >> Contents
C. Deletes the comment of cell C. Edit >> Clear >> All
D. Deletes selected cells D. Data >> Delete
39.If you need to remove only the 43.The Delete key of keyboard is assigned
formatting done in a range (numbers to which command in Excel?
and formula typed there should not be A. Edit >> Clear >> Contents
removed), you must B. Edit >> Clear >> All
A. From Edit menu choose Clear and then C. Edit >> Delete
Formats D. All of above
B. From Edit menu choose Delete Answer: Option A
C. Click on Remove Formatting tool on
Standard Toolbar 44.By default Excel provides 3 worksheets.
D. Double click the Format Painter and You need only two of them, how will you
then press Esc key in keyboard delete the third one?
Answer: Option A A. Right click on Sheet Tab of third sheet and
choose Delete from the context menu
40.Which of the following action B. Click on Sheet 3 and from Edit menu choose
removes a sheet from workbook? Delete
A. Select the sheet, then choose Edit >> C. Both of above D. None of above
Delete Sheet Answer: Option A
B. Select the sheet then choose Format >>
Sheet >> Hide 45.While Finding and Replacing some data
C. Both of above in Excel, which of the following statement
D. None of above is valid?
Answer: Option A A. You can Find and Replace within the sheet
or workbook
B. Excel does not have option to match case
for find
C. Both are valid
D. None are valid
Answer: Option A
223
46.You can move a sheet from one 51.Which of the following is not true about
workbook into new book by Find and Replace in Excel
A. From Edit menu choose Move or Copy A. You can search for bold and replace with
sheet, mark the Create a ccopy and Click italics
OK B. You can decide whether to look for the
B. From Edit menu choose Move of Copy whole word or not
then choose (Move to end) and click OK C. You can search in formula too
C. From Edit menu choose Move or Copy D. You can search by rows or columns or
then select (new book) from To Book list sheets
and click OK Answer: Option D
D. None of above
Answer: Option C 52.Which menu option can be used to split
windows into two?
47.What is the short cut key to replace A. Format -> Window
a data with another in sheet? B. View -> Window-> Split
A. Ctrl + R C. Window -> Split
B. Ctrl + Shift + R D. View –> Split
C. Ctrl + H D. Ctrl + F Answer: Option C
Answer: Option C
53.Getting data from a cell located in a
48.Comments can be added to cells different sheet is called ......
using ...... A. Accessing
A. Edit -> Comments B. Referencing
B. Insert -> Comment C. Updating
C. File -> Comments D. Functioning
D. View –> Comments Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B
54.Which of the following is not a valid
49.Which elements of a worksheet can data type in Excel?
be protected from accidental A. Number
modification? B. Character
A. Contents C. Label
B. Objects D. Date/Time
C. Scenarios Answer: Option B
D. All of the above
Answer: Option D 55.A numeric value can be treated as label
value if ...... precedes it.
50.Concatenation of text can be done A. Apostrophe ( ‘ )
using B. Exclamation ( ! )
A. Apostrophe ( ‘ ) C. Hash ( # )
B. Exclamation ( ! ) D. Tilde ( ~ )
C. Hash ( # ) Answer: Option A
D. Ampersand ( & )
Answer: Option D
224
56.Multiple calculations can be made in 61.Which area in an Excel window allows

a single formula using ....... entering values and formulas?
A. Standard Formulas A. Title Bar
B. Array Formula B. Menu Bar
C. Complex Formulas C. Formula Bar
D. Smart Formula D. Standard Tool Bar
57.What do you mean by a Workspace? 62.An Excel Workbook is a collection of

A. Group of Columns .......
B. Group of Worksheets A. Workbooks
C. Group of Rows B. Worksheets
D. Group of Workbooks C. Charts
Answer: Option D D. Worksheets and Charts
Answer: Option D
58.In EXCEL, you can sum a large range
of data by simply selecting a tool button 63.MS-EXCEL is based on .........?
called .....? A. WINDOWS
A. AutoFill B. DOS
B. Auto correct C. UNIX
C. Auto sum D. OS/2
D. Auto format Answer: Option A
Answer: Option C
64.To select an entire column in MS-EXCEL,
59.To return the remainder after a press?
number is divided by a divisor in EXCEL A. CTRL + C
we use the function? B. CTRL + Arrow key
A. ROUND ( ) C. CTRL + S
B. FACT ( ) D. None of the above
C. MOD ( ) Answer: Option D
D. DIV ( )
Answer: Option C 65.Which function is not available in the
Consolidate dialog box?
60.Which is not the function of "Edit, A. Pmt
Clear" command? B. Average
A. Delete contents C. Max D. Sum
B. Delete notes Answer: Option A
C. Delete cells
D. Delete formats 66.Microsoft Excel is a powerful ...........
Answer: Option C A. Word processing package
B. Spreadsheet package
C. Communication S/W Package
D. DBMS package
Answer: Option B
225
67.Which Chart can be created in Excel? 69.How do you rearrange the data in
A. Area ascending or descending order?
B. Line A. Data, Sort
C. Pie B. Data, Form
D. All of the above C. Data, Table
Answer: Option D D. Data Subtotals
Answer: Option A
68.What will be the output if you
format the cell containing 5,436.8 as 70.How do you display current date and
'#,##0.00' ? time in MS Excel?
A. 5430 A. date ()
B. 5436.80 B. Today ()
C. 5436.8 C. now ()
D. 6.8 D. time ()
226
CHAPTER 02
01.How do you display current date 06.Which language is used to create macros
only in MS Excel? in Excel?
A. date () A. Visual Basic
B. Today () B. C
C. now () C. Visual C++
D. time () D. Java
02.How do you wrap the text in a cell? 07.Which of the following is not a term of
A. Format, cells, font MS-Excel?
B. Format, cells, protection A. Cells
C. Format, cells, number B. Rows
D. Format, cells, alignment C. Columns
Answer: Option D D. Document
Answer: Option D
03.What does COUNTA () function do?
A. counts cells having alphabets 08.How many worksheets can a workbook
B. counts empty cells have?
C. counts cells having number A. 3
D. counts non-empty cells B. 8
Answer: Option D C. 255
D. none of above
04.What is the short cut key to Answer: Option D
highlight the entire column?
A. Ctrl +C 09.Which would you choose to create a bar
B. Ctrl +Enter diagram?
C. Ctrl +Page Up A. Edit, Chart
D. Ctrl +Space Bar B. Insert, Chart
Answer: Option D C. Tools, Chart
D. Format, Chart
05.In the formula, which symbol Answer: Option B
specifies the fixed columns or rows?
A. $ 10.Which setting you must modify to print a
B. * worksheet using letterhead?
C. % A. Paper
D. & B. Margin
Answer: Option A C. Layout
D. Orientation
Answer: Option B
227
11.Excel displays the current cell 16.What do you call the chart that shows
address in the ........ the proportions of how one or more data
A. Formula bar elements relate to another data element?
B. Status Bar A. XY Chart
C. Name Box B. Line Chart
D. Title Bar C. Pie Chart
Answer: Option C D. Column Chart
Answer: Option C
12.What is the correct way to refer the
cell A10 on sheet3 from sheet1? 17.The spelling dialog box can be involved
A. sheet3!A10 by choosing spelling from ________ menu.
B. sheet1!A10 A. insert
C. Sheet3.A10 B. file
D. A10 C. tools
Answer: Option A D. view
Answer: Option C
13.Which key do you press to check
spelling? 18.To record a sequence of keystrokes and
A. F3 mouse actions to play back later we use:
B. F5 A. Media player
C. F7 B. Sound Recorder
D. F9 C. Calculator
Answer: Option C D. Macro Recorder
Answer: Option D
14.We can save and protect the
workbook by 19.The first cell in EXCEL worksheet is
A. Write Reservation Password labeled as
B. Protection Password A. AA
C. Read-only Recommended B. A1
D. Any of the above C. Aa
Answer: Option D D. A0
Answer: Option B
15.What are the tabs that appear at the
bottom of each workbook called? 20.What happens when dollar signs ($) are
A. Reference tabs entered in a cell address? (e$B$2:$B$10)
B. Position tabs A. An absolute cell address is created
C. Location tabs B. Cell address will change when it is copied to
D. Sheet tabs another cell
Answer: Option D C. The sheet tab is changed
D. The status bar does not display the cell
address
Answer: Option A
228
21.What is represented by the small, 26.In Excel, a Data Series is defined as

black square in the lower-right corner what?
of an active cell or range? A. A type of chart
A. Copy handle B. A cell reference
B. Fill handle C. A collection of related data
C. Insert handle D. A division of results
D. Border Answer: Option C
Answer: Option B
27.In help menu of Excel, which of the
22.In Excel, the Fill Color button on the following tabs are found?
Formatting toolbar is used for what? A. Contents tab
A. To insert a background B. Answer Wizard tab
B. To add borders C. Index tab
C. To select a distribution of figures D. all of the above
D. To add shading or color to a cell range Answer: Option D
Answer: Option D
28.A __________ is a grid with labeled columns
23.The active cell: and rows.
A. is defined by a bold border around the A. Dialog box
cell B. Worksheet
B. Receives the data the user enters C. Clipboard
C. It is the formula bar D. Toolbar
D. Only A and B Answer: Option B
Answer: Option D
29.B7:B9 indicates:
24.Which function is used to calculate A. Cells B7 and cell B9 only
depreciation, rates of return, future B. Cells B7 through B9
values and loan payment amounts? C. Cell B8 only
A. Logical D. None of the above
B. Math & Trigonometry Answer: Option B
C. Statistical
D. Financial 30.Which of the following methods cannot
Answer: Option D be used to enter data in a cell
A. Pressing an arrow key
25.The Cancel and Enter buttons B. Pressing the Tab key
appear in the: C. Pressing the Esc key
A. Title bar D. Clicking on the formula bar
B. Formula bar Answer: Option C
C. Menu bar
D. Sheet tabs
Answer: Option B
229
31.You can activate a cell by 35.Which of the following will not cut
A. Pressing the Tab key information?
B. Clicking the cell A. Pressing Ctrl + C
C. Pressing an arrow key B. Selecting Edit > Cut from the menu
D. All of the above C. Clicking the Cut button on the standard
Answer: Option D D. Pressing Ctrl+X
Answer: Option A
32.How do you insert a row?
A. Right-click the row heading where you 36.Which of the following is not a way to
want to insert the new row and select complete a cell entry?
Insert from the shortcut menu A. Pressing enter
B. Select the row heading where you want B. Pressing any arrow key on the keyboard
to insert the new row and select Edit C. Clicking the Enter button on the Formula bar
>Row from the menu D. Pressing spacebar
C. Select the row heading where you want Answer: Option D
to insert the new row and click the Insert
Row button on the standard toolbar 37.Text formulas:
D. All of the above A. Replace cell references
Answer: Option A B. Return ASCII values of characters
C. Concatenate and manipulate text
33.Which of the following is not a basic D. Show formula error value
step in creating a worksheet? Answer: Option C
A. Save workbook
B. Modifiy the worksheet 38.How do you select an entire column?
C. Enter text and data A. Select Edit > Select > Column from the menu
D. Copy the worksheet B. Click the column heading letter
Answer: Option D C. Hold down the shift key as you click
anywhere in the column
34.How can you print three copies of a D. Hold down the Ctrl key as you click
workbook? anywhere in the column
A. Select File > Properties form the menu Answer: Option B
and type 3 in the Copies to print text box
B. Select File > Print from the menu and 39.To create a formula, you first:
type 3 in the Number of copies text box A. Select the cell you want to place the formula
C. Click the Print button on the standard into
toolbar to print the document then take it B. Type the equals sign (=) to tell Excel that
to Kinko’s and have 2 more copies made you’re about to enter a formula
D. Press Ctrl+P+3 C. Enter the formula using any input values
Answer: Option B and the appropriate mathematical operators
that make up your formula
D. Choose the new command from the file
menu
Answer: Option B
230
40..How do you delete a column? 44.To center worksheet titles across a

A. Select the column heading you want to range of cells, you must
delete and select the Delete Row button A. Select the cells containing the title text plus
on the standard toolbar the range over which the title text is to be
B. Select the column heading you want to centered
delete and select Insert Delete from the B. Widen the columns
menu C. Select the cells containing the title text plus
C. Select the row heading you want to the range over which the title text is to be
delete and select Edit>Delete from the enfettered
menu D. Format the cells with the comma style
D. Right click the column heading you Answer: Option A
want to delete and select delete from the
shortcut menu 45.How can you find specific information in
Answer: Option D a list?
A. Select Tools > Finder from the menu
41.When integrating word and excel, B. Click the Find button on the standard
word is usually the toolbar
A. Server C. Select Insert > Find from the menu
B. Destination D. Select Data > Form from the menu to open
C. Client the Data Form dialog box and click the Criteria
D. Both b and c button
42.When a label is too long to fit within 46.The name box

a worksheet cell, you typically must A. Shows the location of the previously active
A. Shorten the label cell
B. Increase the column width B. Appears to the left of the formula bar
C. Decrease the column width C. Appears below the status bar
D. Adjust the row height D. Appears below the menu bar
43.Comments put in cells are called 47.Which is used to perform what if

A. Smart Tip analysis?
B. Cell Tip A. Solver
C. Web Tip B. Goal seek
D. Soft Tip C. Scenario Manager
Answer: Option B D. All of above
Answer: Option D
231
48.You can use the horizontal and 52.Multiple calculations can be made in a
vertical scroll bars to single formula using
A. Split a worksheet into two panes A. standard formulas
B. View different rows and columns edit B. array formula
the contents of a cell C. complex formulas
C. Edit the contents of a cell D. smart formula
D. view different worksheets Answer: Option B
Answer: Option B
53.To activate the previous cell in a pre-
49.Hyperlinks can be selected range, press
A. Text A. The Alt key
B. Drawing objects B. The Tab key
C. Pictures C. The Enter key
D. All of above D. None of the above
50.When the formula bar is active, you 54.Which button do you click to add up a
can see series of numbers?
A. The edit formula button A. The autosum button
B. The cancel button B. The Formula button
C. The enter button C. The quicktotal button
D. All of the above D. The total button
51.To copy formatting from one area 55.In a worksheet you can select
in a worksheet and apply it to another A. The entire worksheet
area you would use: B. Rows
A. The Edit > Copy Format and Edit>Paste C. Columns
Format commands form the menu D. All of the above
B. The Copy and Apply Formatting dialog Answer: Option D
box, located under the Format > Copy and
Apply menu 56.When you link data maintained in an
C. There is no way to copy and apply excel workbook to a word document
formatting in Excel – You have to do it A. The word document cannot be edit
manually B. The word document contains a reference to
D. The Format Painter button on the the original source application
standard toolbar C. The word document must contain a
Answer: Option D hyperlink
D. The word document contains a copy of the
actual data
Answer: Option B
232
57.Which area in an excel window 62.To hold row and column titles in place
allows entering values and formulas so that they do not scroll when you scroll a
A. Title bar worksheet click the
B. Menu bar A. Unfreeze panes command on the window
C. Formula bar menu
D. Standard toolbar B. Freeze panes command on the window
Answer: Option C menu
C. Hold titles command on the edit menu
58.To edit in an embedded excel D. Split command on the window menu
worksheet object in a word document Answer: Option B
A. Use the excel menu bar and toolbars
inside the word application 63.To create a formula, you can use:
B. Edit the hyperlink A. Values but not cell references
C. Edit the data in a excel source application B. Cell references but not values
D. Use the word menu bar and toolbars C. Values or cell references although not both
Answer: Option A at the same time
D. Value and cell references
59.Status indicators are located on the Answer: Option D
A. Vertical scroll bar
B. Horizontal scroll bar 64.Which of the following is the oldest
C. Formula bar spreadsheet package?
D. Standard toolbar A. VisiCalc
Answer: Option C B. Lotus 1-2-3
C. Excel
60.Rounding errors can occur D. StarCalc
A. When you use multiplication, division, Answer: Option A
or exponentiation in a formula
B. When you use addition and subtraction 65.You can copy data or formulas
in a formula A. With the copy, paste and cut commands on
C. Because excel uses hidden decimal the edit menu
places in computation B. With commands on the shortcut menu
D. When you show the results of formulas C. With buttons on the standard toolbars
with different decimal places that the D. All of the above
calculated results Answer: Option D
Answer: Option A
66.Which of the following is a popular DOS
61.Excel files have a default extension based spreadsheet package?
of in Excel-2003 A. Word
A. Xls B. Smart cell
B. Xlw C. Excel
C. Wk1 D. Lotus 1-2-3
D. 123 Answer: Option D
Answer: Option A
233
67.You cannot link excel worksheet 69.You can use the formula palette to
data to a word document A. Format cells containing numbers
A. With the right drag method B. Create and edit formulas containing
B. With a hyperlink functions
C. With the copy and paste special C. Enter assumptions data
commands D. Copy a range of cells
D. With the copy and paste buttons on the Answer: Option B
standard toolbar
Answer: Option D 70.You can use the format painter multiple
times before you turn it off by
68.An excel workbook is a collection of A. You can use the format painter button on ly
A. Workbooks one time when you click it
B. Worksheets B. Double clicking the format painter button
C. Charts C. Pressing the Ctrl key and clicking the format
D. Worksheets and charts painter button
Answer: Option D D. Pressing the Alt key and clicking the format
painter button
Answer: Option B
234
CHAPTER 03
06.Which of following is Not one of Excel's
01.You can convert existing excel what-if function?
worksheet data an charts to an HTML A. Goal seek
document by using B. Solver
A. FTP wizard C. Scenario manager
B. Internet assistant wizard D. Auto Outline
C. Intranet wizard Answer: Option D
D. Import wizard
Answer: Option B 07.When you insert an excel file into a word
document. The data are
02A circular reference is A. Hyperlinked placed in a word table
A. Geometric modeling tool B. Linked
B. A cell that points to a drawing object C. Embedded
C. A formula that either directly or D. Use the word menu bar and toolbars
indirectly depends on itself Answer: Option B
D. Always erroneous
Answer: Option C 08.Which of the following is not
information you can specify using the
04.Each excel file is called a workbook solver?
because A. Input cells
A. It can contain text and data B. Constraints
B. It can be modified C. Target cell
C. It can contain many sheets including D. Changing cells
worksheets and chart sheets Answer: Option A
D. You have to work hard to create it
Answer: Option C 09.Excel probably considers the cell entry
January 1, 2000 to be a
05.You can enter which types of data A. Label
into worksheet cells? B. Value
A. Labels, values, and formulas C. Formula
B. Labels and values but not formulas D. Text string
C. Values and formulas but not labels Answer: Option B
D. Formulas only
Answer: Option A 10.All worksheet formula
A. Manipulate values
B. Manipulate labels
C. Return a formula result
D. Use the addition operator
Answer: Option C
235
11.Which of the following is a correct 15.The Paste Special command lets you
order of precedence in formula copy and paste:
calculation? A. Multiply the selection by a copied value
A. Multiplication and division B. Cell comments
exponentiation positive and negative C. Formatting options
values D. The resulting values of a formula instead of
B. Multiplication and division, positive the actual formula
and negative values, addition and Answer: Option D
subtraction
C. Addition and subtraction, positive and 16.The numbers in our worksheet look like
negative values, exponentiation this: You want them to look like this:
D. None of above $1,000.How can you accomplish this?
Answer: Option D A. None of these
B. Select Format > Money from the menu
12.Excel worksheet cells work very C. Click the Currency Style button on the
similarly to what common element of formatting toolbar
the windows graphical user interface D. You have to retype everything and manually
A. Option buttons add the dollar signs, commas, and decimals
B. List boxes Answer: Option C
C. Text boxes
D. Combo boxes 17.Which of the following options is not
Answer: Option C located in the Page Setup dialog box?
A. Page Break Preview
13.You want to track the progress of B. Page Orientation
the stock market on a daily basis. C. Margins
Which type of chart should you use? D. Headers and Footers
A. Pie chart Answer: Option A
B. Row chart
C. Line chart 18.Without using the mouse or the arrow
D. Column chart keys, what is the fastest way of getting to
Answer: Option C cell A1 in a spreadsheet?
A. Press Ctrl +Home B. Press Home
14.Which of the following methods can C. Press Shift + Home
not be used to edit the contents of a D. Press Alt + Home
cell? Answer: Option A
A. Press the Alt key
B. Clicking the formula bar 19.If you begin typing an entry into a cell
C. Pressing the F2 key and then realize that you don't want your
D. Double clicking the cell entry placed into a cell, you:
Answer: Option A A. Press the Erase key
B. Press Esc
C. Press the Enter button
D. Press the Edit Formula button
Answer: Option B
236
20.To view a cell comment

A. click the edit comment command on 25.When you want to insert a blank
the insert menu imbedded excel object in a word document
B. click the display comment command you can
on the window menu A. Click the object command on the insert
C. position the mouse pointer over the menu
cell B. Click the office links button on the standard
D. click the comment command on the toolbar
view menu C. Click the create worksheet button on the
Answer: Option C formatting toolbar
D. Click the import excel command on the file
21.To save a workbook, you: menu
A. Click the save button on the standard Answer: Option A
toolbar from the menu
B. Press Ctrl+F5 26.You can select a single range of cells by
C. Click Save on the Windows Start button A. Clicking the upper-left cell in a group of cells
D. Select Edit>Save and then pressing the Shift key while clicking
Answer: Option A the lower right cell in a group of cells
B. Pressing the Ctrl key while dragging over
22.You can edit a cell by the desired cells
A. Clicking the formula button C. Pressing the Shift key and an arrow key
B. Double clicking the cell to edit it in- D. Dragging over the desired cells
place Answer: Option D
C. Selecting Edit>Edit Cell from the menu
D. None of above 27.Which elements of worksheet can be
Answer: Option B protected from accidental modification
A. Contents
23.You can use the drag and drop B. Objects
method to C. Scenarios
A. Copy cell contents D. All of above
B. Move cell contents Answer: Option D
C. Add cell contents
D. a and b 28.How can you delete a record?
Answer: Option D A. Delete the column from the worksheet
B. Select Data > Form from the menu to open
24.It is acceptable to let long text flow the Data Form dialog box, find the record and
into adjacent cells on a worksheet Click the Delete button
when C. Select Data > Delete Record from the menu
A. Data will be entered in the adjacent cells D. Click the Delete button on the Standard
B. No data will be entered in the adjacent toolbar
cells Answer: Option B
C. There is no suitable abbreviation of the
text
D. There is not time to format the next
Answer: Option B
237
29.Right clicking something in Excel: 34.Documentation should include

A. Deletes the object A. Destination and users of the output data
B. Nothing the right mouse button is B. Source of input data
there for left handed people C. Information on the purpose of the workbook
C. Opens a shortcut menu listing D. All of the above
everything you can do to the object Answer: Option D
D. Selects the object
Answer: Option C 35.To delete an embedded objects, first
A. Double click the object
30.Files created with Lotus 1-2-3 have B. Select the object by clicking it
an extension C. Press the Shift + Delete keys
A. DOC D. Select it and then press the delete key
B. XLS Answer: Option D
C. 123
D. WK1 36.Comments can be added to cells using
Answer: Option C A. Edit > Comments
B. Insert > Comments
31.Which of the following is not a C. File > Comments
worksheet design criterion? D. View > Comments
A. Efficiency Answer: Option B
B. Aditibility
C. Description 37.To copy cell contents using drag and
D. Clarity drop press the
Answer: Option C A. End key
B. Shift key
32.Which of the following is the latest C. Ctrl key
version of Excel D. Esc key
A. Excel 2000 Answer: Option C
B. Excel 2002
C. Excel ME 38.When you copy a formula
D. Excel XP A. Excel erases the original copy of the formula
Answer: Option D B. Excel edits cell references in the newly
copied formula
33.The autofill feature C. Excel adjusts absolute cell references
A. extends a sequential series of data D. Excel doesn’t adjust relative cell references
B. automatically adds range of cell values Answer: Option B
C. applies a boarder around the selected
cells 39.Which menu option can be sued to split
D. All of the above windows into two
Answer: Option D A. Format > window
B. View > window > split
C. Window > split
D. View > split
Answer: Option C
238
40.Which of the following is an 45.What symbol is used before a number to

absolute cell reference? make it a label?
A. !A!1 A. ” ( quote )
B. $A$1 B. = ( equal )
C. #a#1 C. _ ( underscore )
D. A1 D. ‘ ( apostrophe )
41.Which symbol must all formula 46.Which of the following formulas is not
begin with? entered correctly? a. b. c. d.
A. = A. =10+50
B. + B. =B7*B1
C. ( C. =B7+14
D. @ D. 10+50
42.Which of the following formulas 47.How many characters can be typed in a

will Excel Not be able to calculate? single cell in Excel?
A. =SUM(Sales)-A3 A. 256
B. =SUM(A1:A5)*.5 B. 1024
C. =SUM(A1:A5)/(10-10) C. 32000
D. =SUM(A1:A5)-10 D. 65535
43.A typical worksheet has ..... Number 48.A worksheet can have a maximum of ....
of columns Number of rows
A. 128 A. 256
B. 256 B. 1024
C. 512 C. 32000
D. 1024 D. 65535
44.Which of the following is not an 49.The chart wizard term data series refers
example of a value? to
A. 350 A. A chart legend
B. May 10, 2001 B. A collection of chart data markers
C. 0.57 C. A set of values you plot in a chart
D. Serial Number 50771 D. A data label
239
55.A worksheet range is a

50.The Chart wizard term data A. A command used for data modeling
categories refers to; B. A range of values such as from 23 to 234
A. A chart plot area C. A group of cells
B. A horizontal axis D. A group of worksheets
C. The organization of individual values Answer: Option C
with a chart’s data series
D. The data range that supply chart data 56.Tab scrolling button
Answer: Option B A. Allow you to view a different worksheet
B. Allow you to view additional worksheet
51.Getting data from a cell located in a rows down
different sheet is called ...... C. Allow you to view additional worksheet
A. Accessing columns to the right
B. Referencing D. Allow you to view additional sheets tabs
C. Updating Answer: Option D
D. Functioning
Answer: Option B 57.Concatenation of text can be done using
A. Apostrophe (&lsquo
52.A numeric value can be treated as a B. Exclamation (!)
label value if it precedes with C. Hash (#)
A. Apostrophe (&lsquo D. Ampersand (&
B. Exclamation (!) Answer: Option D
C. Hash (#)
D. Ampersand (& 58.You can use drag-and-drop to embed
Answer: Option A excel worksheet data in a word document
A. By dragging a range of excel data to the
53.Data can be arranged in a word button on the taskbar while pressing the
worksheet in a easy to understand Ctrl key
manner using B. By dragging a range of excel data to the
A. auto formatting word button on the taskbar while pressing
B. applying styles Shift key
C. changing fonts C. By dragging a range of excel data to the
D. all of above word button on the taskbar while pressing Alt
Answer: Option D key
D. None of above
54.The auto calculate feature Answer: Option A
A. Can only add values in a range of cells
B. Provides a quick way to view the result 59.Excel uniquely identifies cells within a
of an arithmetic operation on a range of worksheet with a cell name
cells A. Cell names
C. Automatically creates formulas and B. Column numbers and row letters
adds them to a worksheet C. Column letters and row numbers
D. A and c D. Cell locator coordinates

Computer Operator MCQs

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Computer Operator MCQs

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CONTENTS

18. Operating System Chapter 01 130

13.Which of the following memory is

24.The 'IC' chip, used in computers, is

27.Who invented the supercomputer? 32.Which of the following operating

28.Graphical pictures that represent 33.Window's settings are recorded in

34.Which network protocol is used to

35.The operating system manages 40.Which was an early mainframe

44.The memory which is programmed

55.A computer port is used to?

65.A list of instructions used by a

Siaf Rehman Qureshi Ali Raza Shaikh

13.A technique used by codes to 18.What is Cache RAM?

15.What is PCI(Peripheral Component 20.A program that converts computer data

16.Which company is not a PC 21.Which company is not a microprocessor

17.What language does a browser 22.Which company is not a microprocessor

28.……….is the process of finding errors in

34.……..computers are used in

35.Information travels between 40.The most important or powerful

44.The…….key will launch the start

54.Two or more computers connected

64.Personal logs or journal entries

5.What's considered the 'backbone' 10.Which of the following is Not a

16.Which of the following is Not a

27.Which of the following devices have a

32.The secondary storage devices 37.An essential difference between the

9.Viruses are called that because 15.The ability of an operating system to

20."Zipping" a file means 25.Which of the following is different from

31.In computers ,what is the 37.What does HTTP stands for?

32.What does FTP stand for? 38.What is Windows XP?

35.Which of the following is not a 41What Does BIOS Stand For?

43.Word BLOG is combination of 48.The term 'Pentium' is related to what?

54.The length of a word in computer 59.What is the first Indigenously developed

64.A disk's content that is recorded 67.In an information system, alphanumeric

31.Standardization of Microsoft 36.What is the name of an application

32.Software programs that close 37.HTML viruses infect:

46.A storage area used to store data to a

55.Which key on keyboard of a computer

66.Factory production lines can be

Hafiz Ali Raza Shaikh 03069867619

31.Which method is used to connect a 36.Which computer has been designed to

41.A number that is used to control the 46.ASCII stands for

Composed by: Siaf Rehman Qureshi

17.The organization and 22.A device invented by Dr. Bobeck in 1966,

19.Which is a device that changes 24.A modern electronic computer is a

20.Which network is a packet 25.An index register that is automatically

36.Human beings are referred to as 40.The unit of a computer system that

45.Binary numbers need more places 50.Backing storage is so named because it

56.A monitor's _____ is the distance 60.The ALU of a computer normally

66.Computers are extremely fast and

11.When was punched-card 16.A hashing scheme is used with

15.1024 bytes represent a 20.A directly accessible appointment

21.When was the IBM XT 26.Which type device is a piece of

22.Which of the following is not used 27.Computer Operators

46.The central processor of a modern

51.Which of the following memory is 56.An AND gate

61.Dot-matrix is a type of 66.Where does a computer add and

21.The number of records contained 26.What process prepares the magnetic

35.The first practical commercial 39.A floppy disk contains

40.First generation computers are 45.What is meant by quad-density (QD)

51.The heart of any computer is the 56.Impact printers

54.In simplex transmission 59.Each model of a computer has a unique

55.Transistorized computer circuits

61.Communication ports are found on 65.Which is considered a direct entry input